This is a modern-English version of Oxy-acetylene welding manual, originally written by Campbell, Lorn. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

Please see the Transcriber’s Notes at the end of this text.

Please see the Transcriber’s Notes at the end of this text.


Cover image

Frontispiece

Cover Page

Welding School, Ordnance Department, United States Army, Peoria, Ill.

Welding School, Ordnance Department, U.S. Army, Peoria, IL.


WILEY ENGINEERING SERIES

Wiley Engineering Series

Oxy-acetylene
Welding Guide

By
LIEUT. LORN CAMPBELL, JR., U.S.A.
Officer in Charge of Welding Instruction,
Ordnance Department, U. S. Army.

By
Lt. Lorn Campbell Jr., U.S.A.
Officer in Charge of Welding Training,
Ordnance Department, U.S. Army.

TOTAL ISSUE, FIVE THOUSAND

Total issue, 5,000

NEW YORK
JOHN WILEY & SONS, Inc.
London: CHAPMAN & HALL, Limited
1919

NYC
JOHN WILEY & SONS, Inc.
London: CHAPMAN & HALL, Limited
1919


Copyright, 1919
BY
LORN CAMPBELL

Copyright, 1919
BY
LORN CAMPBELL


Copyrighted in Great Britain

Copyrighted in the UK

PRESS OF
BRAUNWORTH & CO.
BOOK MANUFACTURERS
BROOKLYN, N. Y.

PRESS OF
BRAUNWORTH & CO.
BOOK MANUFACTURERS
BROOKLYN, NY.


[v]

[v]

PREFACE

(1) The oxy-acetylene method of welding and cutting metals has of late been receiving considerable attention. Its tremendous power of creating, repairing and destroying the work of man has been but recently recognized in its broadest sense, and the demand for operators, skilled in the manipulation of this apparatus, which always has been far in excess of the supply, now knows no limit. Many authorities have set forth their views and theories upon this subject, in America and also in foreign countries. These have been published from time to time in many of the leading periodicals and magazines, as well as in book form. It seems the purpose of most of these works has been to advance the operators who already have a smattering knowledge of this art, or to present to the purchaser of apparatus a set of operating instructions.

(1) The oxy-acetylene method of welding and cutting metals has recently gained a lot of attention. Its incredible ability to create, repair, and destroy human-made objects has only recently been fully acknowledged, and the demand for skilled operators who can handle this equipment has always far exceeded supply and is now limitless. Many experts, both in the U.S. and abroad, have shared their opinions and theories on this topic. These have appeared periodically in many leading journals and magazines, as well as in book form. It seems that the main goal of most of these works has been to educate operators who already have a basic understanding of this craft or to provide buyers of the equipment with a set of operating instructions.

(2) It is singular indeed that a school manual, devoted exclusively to the instruction of the beginner, which will serve as an aid to the instructor as well as to the student, has not yet been put forth. It cannot be said that there is not a demand for such. Recently there seems to have been a mushroom growth of welding classes. The majority of the vocational schools, colleges, night schools, and automobile schools have all entered the instruction in oxy-acetylene welding on their rolls and each is attempting to instruct in an entirely different manner from the other.[vi] There can be no question as to the expediency of affording the educational institutions a systematic as well as a standardized method of instructing. But the books and articles of the nature mentioned are not suited to this purpose, and were not designed for it. A school-book is wanted; something to be used in the classroom, to be employed as a reference in the shop practice, to be studied for what it contains, and to indicate further lines of research, where such are required.

(2) It's quite remarkable that there hasn't been a school manual created specifically for beginners, which would assist both instructors and students. There’s definitely a demand for one. Lately, there's been a sudden increase in welding classes. Most vocational schools, colleges, night schools, and auto schools have all added oxy-acetylene welding to their curriculums, and each is trying to teach it in a completely different way. [vi] There’s no doubt that providing educational institutions with a systematic and standardized teaching method is necessary. However, the existing books and articles don’t meet this need, nor were they created for that purpose. A proper schoolbook is needed—something that can be used in the classroom, referenced during shop practice, studied for its content, and guide further research when necessary.

(3) To meet this demand, the present “Manual” has been written to serve the instructor as well as the student. In its preparation many books, both well-known and obscure, have been examined and the methods of shop instruction have been carefully studied by the author.

(3) To meet this demand, the current “Manual” has been created to assist both the instructor and the student. In preparing this, many books, both famous and lesser-known, have been reviewed, and the methods of shop instruction have been thoroughly studied by the author.

(4) It has been found that regardless of how fast the ground may be covered in the lecture room, the average student’s power of assimilation is limited and considerable time has been spent in determining this ratio and applying it between the lecture subjects and shop work.

(4) It has been found that no matter how quickly the material is covered in the classroom, the average student’s ability to absorb information is limited, and significant time has been devoted to figuring out this ratio and applying it between lecture topics and hands-on work.

(5) It must be remembered that while the chapters comprising the theoretical part of this welding manual follow in the order given, the actual shop practice, as previously mentioned, is the most important.

(5) It’s important to remember that although the chapters making up the theoretical section of this welding manual are presented in the order listed, actual hands-on practice, as previously stated, is the most crucial part.

(6) Kindly aid has been received from many sources. Granjon & Rosemberg, Kautney, M. Keith Dunham, S. W. Miller, Henry Cave, C. J. Nyquist, P. F. Willis, Ben K. Smith, and others have embodied in their writings many excellent ideas, which have assisted the author in bringing out certain points advantageously. The following manufacturers are to be given credit for many of the illustrations:

(6) Kind assistance has come from many sources. Granjon & Rosemberg, Kautney, M. Keith Dunham, S. W. Miller, Henry Cave, C. J. Nyquist, P. F. Willis, Ben K. Smith, and others have included many great ideas in their writings, which have helped the author highlight certain points effectively. The following manufacturers deserve credit for many of the illustrations:

The Oxweld Acetylene Co., Newark, N. J.
The United States Welding Co., Minneapolis, Minn.
The Bastian Blessing Co., Chicago, Ill.[vii]
The Linde Air Products Co., New York City.
The General Welding & Equipment Co., Boston, Mass.
The Messer Manufacturing Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
The Alexander Milburn Co., Baltimore, Maryland.
The Torchweld Equipment Co., Chicago, Ill.
The Davis-Bournonville Co., Jersey City, N. J.
The K. G. Welding Co., New York City.
The Chicago Eye Shield Co., Chicago, Ill.
The Commercial Acetylene Supply Co., New York City.
The Welding Engineer, Chicago, Ill.
The Journal of Acetylene Welding, Chicago, Ill.

The Oxweld Acetylene Co., Newark, NJ.
The United States Welding Co., Minneapolis, MN.
The Bastian Blessing Co., Chicago, IL.[vii]
The Linde Air Products Co., New York City.
The General Welding & Equipment Co., Boston, MA.
The Messer Manufacturing Co., Philadelphia, PA.
The Alexander Milburn Co., Baltimore, MD.
The Torchweld Equipment Co., Chicago, IL.
The Davis-Bournonville Co., Jersey City, NJ.
The K. G. Welding Co., New York City.
The Chicago Eye Shield Co., Chicago, IL.
The Commercial Acetylene Supply Co., New York City.
The Welding Engineer, Chicago, IL.
The Journal of Acetylene Welding, Chicago, IL.

Note.—Lieut. Campbell offers his services without charge to anyone interested in this method of welding and may be addressed care of John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Publishers, 432 Fourth Avenue, New York City.

Note.—Lieutenant Campbell is offering his services for free to anyone interested in this welding technique and can be contacted through John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Publishers, 432 Fourth Avenue, New York City.


[viii]

[viii]

WILEY ENGINEERING SERIES

The Wiley Engineering Series will embrace books devoted to single subjects. The object of the Series is to place in the hands of the reader all the essential information regarding the particular subject in which he may be interested. Extraneous topics are excluded, and the contents of each book are confined to the field indicated by its title.

The Wiley Engineering Series will focus on books dedicated to specific topics. The goal of the Series is to provide readers with all the essential information about the particular subject they are interested in. Irrelevant topics are left out, and each book's contents are limited to the area defined by its title.

It has been considered advisable to make these books manuals of practice, rather than theoretical discussions of the subjects treated. The theory is fully discussed in text-books, hence the engineer who has previously mastered it there, is, as a rule, more interested in the practice. The Wiley Engineering Series therefore will present the most approved practice, with only such theoretical discussion as may be necessary to elucidate such practice.

It’s recommended that these books serve as practical guides rather than theoretical discussions of the topics covered. The theory is thoroughly explained in textbooks, so engineers who have already learned it there are generally more interested in the practical application. Therefore, the Wiley Engineering Series will focus on the best practices available, including only the theoretical discussion needed to clarify those practices.


[ix]

[ix]

CONTENTS

PAGE
  Intro 1
I. Device 19
II. Operation 27
III. Shop Gear 39
IV. Device Repairs 44
V. Preheat Services 51
VI. Part One—Welding Cast Iron 58
Part Two—Welding Cast Iron 67
Part Three—Welding Cast Iron 70
Part Four—Welding Cast Iron 75
VII. Part One—Steel Welding 81
Part Two—Welding Steel 87
Part Three—Welding Steel 92
Part Four—Welding Steel 97
VIII. Brass Welding 106
IX. Part One—Aluminum Welding 109
Part Two—Aluminum Welding 113
Part Three—Aluminum Welding 118
X. Welding Malleable Iron 120
XI. Oxy-Acetylene Cutting 125
XII. Carbon Emission 135
  Glossary 145
  Classes 149
  Table of contents 167

[1]

[1]

Oxy-Acetylene Welding Manual

Oxy-Acetylene Welding Guide


INTRODUCTION

(1) When choosing a life vocation, one generally views the possibilities it has to offer and delves deeply into these, previous to making a decision. It is therefore thought advisable at this time to present the student with an idea of what is meant by oxy-acetylene welding and cutting; how it is applied; the possibilities and advantages attached to such an art.

(1) When selecting a career, people typically look at the options available and explore them thoroughly before making a choice. It's therefore recommended at this point to give the student an understanding of what oxy-acetylene welding and cutting are; how they are used; and the potential benefits and advantages associated with this skill.

(2) Acetylene gas, when burned with a proper portion of oxygen gas, produces an extremely hot flame, in fact, the hottest flame known. Its temperature is over 6000 degrees Fahrenheit. With this flame it is possible to bring any of the so-called commercial metals, namely: cast iron, steel, copper, and aluminum, to a molten state and cause a fusion of two pieces of like metals in such a manner that the point of fusion will very closely approach the strength of the metal fused. If more metal of like nature is added, the union is made even stronger than the original. This method is called oxy-acetylene welding and differs from what the average layman considers welding in the blacksmith’s forge, insomuch that there is no blow struck to assist fusion in this process. And while the forge method is limited to wrought iron and steel which is detachable[2-
3]
and of restricted size and shape, the oxy-acetylene process has, practically speaking, no such limitations.

(2) Acetylene gas, when burned with the right amount of oxygen gas, creates an extremely hot flame, actually, the hottest flame known. Its temperature exceeds 6000 degrees Fahrenheit. With this flame, it's possible to melt any of the so-called commercial metals, like cast iron, steel, copper, and aluminum, and fuse two pieces of the same metal so that the joint is almost as strong as the original metal. If you add more of the same type of metal, the bond becomes even stronger than before. This technique is called oxy-acetylene welding and is different from what most people think of as welding in a blacksmith's forge, since no hammering is done to aid the fusion in this process. While the forge method is limited to wrought iron and steel that can be detached and is restricted in size and shape, the oxy-acetylene process has virtually no such restrictions.

(Courtesy of Acetylene Journal Publishing Co.)

(Courtesy of Acetylene Journal Publishing Co.)

Fig. 1.—Welders on an Ordnance Mobile Repair Unit in Action.

Fig. 1.—Welders working on an Ordnance Mobile Repair Unit in action.

(Courtesy of the Oxweld Acetylene Co.)

(Courtesy of the Oxweld Acetylene Co.)

Fig. 2.—In Enameled Products for the Kitchen the Weld is Fast Replacing the Riveting, Brazing, and Soldering of the Light Sheet Metal Seams.

Fig. 2.—In Enameled Products for the Kitchen, Welding is Quickly Taking the Place of Riveting, Brazing, and Soldering for the Light Sheet Metal Seams.

(3) Manufacturers in the metal-working world were very slow to grasp the real significance of this important process, until the operators began demonstrating some of its possibilities. At the present time, however, there is hardly a metal barrel or tank manufacturer who has not discarded the old method of producing costly leaky, riveted drums and containers, for this modern fusing process. The manufacturers of fire-proof doors and windows, cooking utensils, seamless pipe and tubing, office furniture and what not, are now virtually dependent upon the welding torch at every turn.

(3) Manufacturers in the metalworking industry were very slow to understand the true significance of this important process until the operators started showing some of its possibilities. However, at this point, there’s hardly a metal barrel or tank manufacturer who hasn’t moved away from the outdated method of making expensive, leaky, riveted drums and containers in favor of this modern fusing process. Manufacturers of fireproof doors and windows, cooking utensils, seamless pipes and tubing, office furniture, and more are now almost entirely reliant on the welding torch at every opportunity.

(4) As a repairing agent, the welding torch has no rival. Whether it is a casting of iron, steel, brass, or aluminum that has broken; a boiler or tank that has worn away in spots, or an error on the part of engineer, foundryman or machinist, the part can generally be reclaimed and made stronger than originally. To-day practically no manufacturing concern that is dependent upon metallic machinery could think of being deprived of its oxy-acetylene apparatus, once having learned its worth. In the not far distant past, were a gear or some casting to break, it probably meant closing[4] down the entire plant until a new part could be obtained, which, whether the source of supply were near or at a long distance, would mean costly delay. With oxy-acetylene equipment and an efficient operator on hand, almost every emergency is provided for.

(4) As a repair tool, the welding torch is unmatched. Whether it's a broken casting of iron, steel, brass, or aluminum; a boiler or tank that has corroded in spots; or a mistake made by an engineer, foundry worker, or machinist, the part can usually be salvaged and made stronger than it was originally. Nowadays, almost every manufacturing company that relies on metal machinery wouldn't consider being without its oxy-acetylene equipment once they've recognized its value. Not too long ago, if a gear or some casting broke, it likely meant shutting down the entire plant until a new part could be sourced, which, regardless of whether it was nearby or far away, would lead to expensive delays. With oxy-acetylene equipment and a skilled operator available, almost any emergency can be handled.

(Courtesy of the Oxweld Acetylene Co.)

(Courtesy of the Oxweld Acetylene Co.)

Fig. 3.—Welding Broken Frame of 5-ton Automobile Truck.

Fig. 3.—Welding the Broken Frame of a 5-ton Truck.

(5) If an automobile owner breaks a frame, he does not consider replacing it with a new one, as the labor alone for stripping his machine and setting it up again, not to mention the cost of the new frame and the time required for this operation, is prohibitive. Rather, he has his car taken to the nearest welder or his portable apparatus to the car and the job is completed within thirty or forty minutes, with the frame at the point of the break made stronger than ever. Locomotive frames are handled in much the[5] same manner, only more time is required and perhaps extra operators, but the important point to be brought out is the fact that on many jobs no dismantling is required and the repair is permanently and quickly executed.

(5) If a car owner breaks a frame, they don’t think about replacing it with a new one, because the labor involved in taking apart the car and reassembling it, not to mention the cost of a new frame and the time this process takes, is too much. Instead, they have their car taken to the nearest welder or use a portable welding setup on-site, and the job gets done in about thirty or forty minutes, making the frame stronger than before at the break point. Locomotive frames are handled in a similar way, although it takes more time and possibly more workers. However, the key point is that for many jobs, no dismantling is necessary, and the repair is done quickly and permanently.

Fig. 4.—Staff of Instructors at the Ordnance Welding School, U. S. A.

Fig. 4.—Staff of Instructors at the Ordnance Welding School, U.S.A.

(6) An interesting example of the true worth of welding was brought to the attention of the public when the United States entered the European War, and all the interned German vessels, which had been greatly damaged by the orders of their commanding officers, were restored to working condition with the oxy-acetylene and electric welding process. This was considered impossible by many engineers not familiar with the process, insomuch as they looked upon oxy-acetylene welding as applicable only to small parts and[6] here some of the sections which had been blown or struck out of the cast cylinders, etc., weighed many hundreds of pounds. In many instances the ribs of these same vessels were cut most of their depth, but these were restored to working order in a remarkably short time and the results were more convincing than any words.

(6) An interesting example of the true value of welding came to public attention when the United States entered the European War, and all the interned German ships, which had been severely damaged by their commanding officers' orders, were brought back to working condition using the oxy-acetylene and electric welding process. Many engineers who weren't familiar with the process considered this impossible, believing that oxy-acetylene welding was only suitable for small parts, while some of the sections that had been blown or struck out of the cast cylinders weighed several hundred pounds. In many cases, the ribs of these vessels were cut almost all the way through, yet they were restored to working order in an impressively short time, and the results spoke for themselves.

(7) Cutting with the oxy-acetylene process is just the opposite from that of welding. The latter might be considered constructive and the former destructive. In the case of welding, two parts are brought to a molten condition along the line to be joined and both fused together. Whereas in cutting, one piece of metal, when brought to a red heat, is cut in two by an oxidizing flame. Cutting has not the wide scope that welding has, for it can only be applied successfully at the present day to wrought iron, rolled and cast steel. While it is limited in its scope, the speed of this process in severing large masses of metal is very spectacular and appeals forcibly to the observer.

(7) Cutting with the oxy-acetylene process is completely different from welding. Welding can be seen as constructive, while cutting is destructive. In welding, two pieces are heated to a molten state along the joint and fused together. In contrast, with cutting, one piece of metal is heated to a red hot and then sliced in two by an oxidizing flame. Cutting doesn’t have the same range as welding; it can currently only be applied effectively to wrought iron, rolled, and cast steel. While its applications are limited, the speed of this process in slicing through large chunks of metal is quite impressive and attracts a lot of attention.

(8) Probably the world’s first awakening to the real meaning of oxy-acetylene cutting came when the U. S. battleship “Maine,” was being taken from Havana Harbor. All the heavy armor plate and seemingly immovable wreckage was cut into small sections which could be handled easily. This was all accomplished with the cutting torch, which seems to eat its way through metal with the same ease that a hot knife goes through butter.

(8) The world likely first realized the true potential of oxy-acetylene cutting when the U.S. battleship "Maine" was being removed from Havana Harbor. All the heavy armor and seemingly immovable wreckage were cut into manageable sections. This was achieved using the cutting torch, which slices through metal as effortlessly as a hot knife cuts through butter.

(Courtesy of the Oxweld Acetylene Co.)

(Courtesy of the Oxweld Acetylene Co.)

Fig. 5.—Fireman Cutting ¹⁄₄-inch Steel Fire Door with Portable Apparatus.

Fig. 5.—Firefighter Cutting ¼-inch Steel Fire Door with Portable Equipment.

(9) Before and since the time of the “Maine,” the cutting torch has been accomplishing wonderful feats. In every scrap yard, old boilers and the like are being cut into furnace size; speeding up the production in answer to the world’s cry for more metal. The wreckage on railroads and buildings using steel reinforcements is being cleared in hours, with the aid of the cutting torch, where it required days by other methods. Most of the fire departments in[7] the larger cities now carry the cutting torch as part of their equipment, and to it has been credited the saving of many lives, by its timely cutting away of steel doors, bars or barriers which prevented escape. Much of the plate in this country’s shipbuilding yards is being cut to size right on the job, and the function of this torch in cutting off risers measuring from one to thirty-six inches in diameter in the foundry seems only to be of secondary importance in comparison with[8] some of its other uses. In order to transport some of the largest inland lake boats which were much too long to pass through the locks, to the sea, they were cut in parts, transported, and later welded together and placed in service.

(9) Before and after the time of the “Maine,” the cutting torch has been achieving amazing feats. In every scrap yard, old boilers and similar items are being cut down to furnace size, speeding up production in response to the world’s demand for more metal. Wreckage from railroads and buildings with steel reinforcements is cleared in hours with the help of the cutting torch, where it used to take days using other methods. Most fire departments in[7] larger cities now carry the cutting torch as part of their equipment, and it’s credited with saving many lives by quickly cutting through steel doors, bars, or barriers that prevented escape. Much of the plate at this country’s shipbuilding yards is being cut to size right at the job site, and the role of this torch in cutting risers measuring from one to thirty-six inches in diameter in the foundry seems to be less important compared to[8] some of its other uses. To transport some of the largest inland lake boats that were too long to fit through the locks, they were cut into parts, transported, and later welded back together for service.

(Courtesy of the Acetylene Journal Publishing Co.)

(Courtesy of the Acetylene Journal Publishing Co.)

Fig. 6.—Welders of the Signal Corps, U. S. Army, in Action.

Fig. 6.—Welders from the Signal Corps, U.S. Army, in Action.

(10) It is not only possible to keep a cutting torch burning under water, but it can also be made to cut. Contracting companies are cutting off their piling under water and it has been known that in European ports cutting has been successfully accomplished at a depth of thirty feet. A special torch is employed by submarines to cut nets under water.

(10) It's not just possible to keep a cutting torch lit underwater, but it can also be used to cut. Contracting companies are cutting their pilings underwater, and it's been reported that in European ports, cutting has successfully been done at a depth of thirty feet. Submarines use a special torch to cut nets underwater.

(11) In reviewing the oxy-acetylene welding and cutting process, we find that its growth is one of the most remarkable the world has ever witnessed. About 1907 saw its industrial birth and since that time it has advanced by leaps and bounds, rivaling the automobile industry in its progress,[9] despite the opposition and criticism levied at it by workers of other trades and its careless and unskilled manipulation.

(11) When we look at the oxy-acetylene welding and cutting process, its growth is one of the most impressive we've ever seen. It started to gain traction around 1907 and has since made incredible progress, matching the advancements of the automobile industry, [9] despite facing pushback and criticism from workers in other fields and concerns about careless and unskilled use.

(Courtesy of the Acetylene Journal Publishing Co.)

(Courtesy of the Acetylene Journal Publishing Co.)

Fig. 6a.—Welders of the Signal Corps, U. S. Army, in Action.

Fig. 6a.—Signal Corps welders from the U.S. Army at work.

(12) It is quite impossible to present anything like a complete list of the applications of this process, but a few of its general uses are here enumerated:

(12) It's pretty much impossible to provide a complete list of the ways this process can be used, but here are a few of its general applications:

(A) Airplane Construction.—Welding of frames, sockets, water and gasoline tanks, water jackets and valve cages to[10] cylinders, intake and exhaust manifolds and connections, spark plug thimbles and the repair of aluminum crank cases, etc.

(A) Airplane Construction.—Welding frames, sockets, water and fuel tanks, water jackets, and valve cages to[10] cylinders, intake and exhaust manifolds and connections, spark plug sockets, and repairing aluminum crankcases, etc.

(Courtesy of the Oxweld Acetylene Co.)

(Courtesy of the Oxweld Acetylene Co.)

Fig. 7.—Welding a 2-foot Length of New Shafting on the End of a Motor Shaft 2 Inches in Diameter.

Fig. 7.—Welding a 2-foot length of new shafting onto the end of a motor shaft that is 2 inches in diameter.

(B) Automobile Manufacture.—Welding of steel and aluminum bodies, transmission and rear axle housings, crank-shafts, cylinders, gears, manifolds, pinions, crank cases, valves, rims, mufflers, frames, fenders, wind-shield tubings, and uprights, etc.

(B) Automobile Manufacture.—Welding of steel and aluminum bodies, transmission and rear axle housings, crankshafts, cylinders, gears, manifolds, pinions, crankcases, valves, rims, mufflers, frames, fenders, windshield tubing, and uprights, etc.

(C) Boiler Shops.—Welding and building up worn spots around hand-hold plates, repairing cracks and checked portions of fire boxes, retipping flues, connections, etc.

(C) Boiler Shops.—Welding and repairing worn areas around hand-hold plates, fixing cracks and damaged sections of fire boxes, retipping flues, connections, etc.

(D) Brass and Copper.—Welding kettles, vats, tanks,[11] stills, floats, cooking utensils, manifolds, water jackets, electrical and chemical wares, etc.

(D) Brass and Copper.—Welding kettles, vats, tanks,[11] stills, floats, cooking tools, manifolds, water jackets, electrical and chemical products, etc.

(E) Commercial Welding.—Reclamation service on all kinds of metals, quick and permanent repairs on all broken parts of machinery.

(E) Commercial Welding.—Reclamation service for all types of metals, fast and lasting repairs for all damaged machinery parts.

(F) Electric Railway.—Welding air receivers on air-brake systems, building up shafts, bonding the rails, motor housings, worn boxes, reclaiming gears and broken trucks, steel trolley wires, etc.

(F) Electric Railway.—Welding air receivers on air-brake systems, building up shafts, bonding the rails, motor housings, worn boxes, reclaiming gears and broken trucks, steel trolley wires, etc.

(Courtesy of the Torchweld Equipment Co.)

(Courtesy of Torchweld Equipment Co.)

Fig. 8.—This is a Steel Tank, Made of ³⁄₈-inch Plate, which Measures 30 Feet Long and 8 Feet in Diameter, Fused into One Piece by the Welding Torch.

Fig. 8.—This is a steel tank made of ⅜-inch plate that is 30 feet long and 8 feet in diameter, fused into one piece using a welding torch.

(G) Forge Shop.—Welding complicated parts which can not be conveniently handled in the forge.

(G) Forge Shop.—Welding intricate parts that can't be easily managed in the forge.

(H) Foundries.—Welding up blowholes, porous spots, and reclaiming castings in general. The cutting off of risers, gates, and heads on steel castings.

(H) Foundries.—Welding up blowholes, fixing porous spots, and reclaiming castings in general. Removing risers, gates, and heads on steel castings.

[12]

[12]

(I) Lead Burning.—Lead pipe joints, storage battery connections and repairs, lead linings in vats, etc.

(I) Lead Burning.—Lead pipe joints, connections and repairs for storage batteries, lead linings in tanks, etc.

(Courtesy of Ben K. Smith, U. S. Welding Co.)

(Courtesy of Ben K. Smith, U. S. Welding Co.)

Fig. 9.—Locomotive Cylinder to be Welded in Place.

Fig. 9.—Locomotive Cylinder to be Welded in Place.

(J) Lumber Mills.—Building up worn shafts, repairing gears, chains, and broken parts.

(J) Lumber Mills.—Rebuilding worn shafts, fixing gears, chains, and broken parts.

(K) Machine Shops.—Rectifying errors on part of machinists and engineers. A “putting-on” tool in every respect.

(K) Machine Shops.—Fixing mistakes made by machinists and engineers. A “putting-on” tool in every way.

(L) Manufacturers.—Welding spouts and handles on[13] cooking utensils, fire-proof doors and window sashes, office files and furniture, chains, etc.

(L) Manufacturers.—Welding spouts and handles on[13] cooking utensils, fireproof doors and window frames, office files and furniture, chains, etc.

(M) Mines.—Repairing pipe lines, boilers, broken shafts, gears, and building up worn parts on dippers, etc. The cutting torch is used for clearing away wreckage in case of accidents.

(M) Mines.—Fixing pipelines, boilers, broken shafts, gears, and rebuilding worn parts on dippers, etc. A cutting torch is used to clear away debris in case of accidents.

(N) Pipe Work.—Welding of water, gas, and oil, steam and air lines. High-pressure refrigeration systems are cut and welded in place.

(N) Pipe Work.—Welding of water, gas, and oil, steam, and air lines. High-pressure refrigeration systems are cut and welded on-site.

(Courtesy of the Oxweld Acetylene Co.)

(Courtesy of the Oxweld Acetylene Co.)

Fig. 10.—Steel Roll Top Desk—all Joints and Seams Welded. An Excellent Example of High-grade Welded Metal Furniture.

Fig. 10.—Steel Roll Top Desk—all Joints and Seams Welded. A Great Example of Quality Welded Metal Furniture.

(O) Plate Welding.—Tanks for oil, steam driers, digesters, vats, chemical receivers, generators, etc.

(O) Plate Welding.—Tanks for oil, steam dryers, digesters, vats, chemical receivers, generators, etc.

(P) Power Plants.—Welding of steam, air, and water-lines, of pump castings, cylinders, pistons, worn or broken parts, etc.

(P) Power Plants.—Welding of steam, air, and water lines, pump castings, cylinders, pistons, and worn or broken parts, etc.

(Q) Railroad Work.—Reclaiming bolsters, couplings, slotting[14] forged engine rods, building metal cars, repairing fire-boxes, patching and replacing side sheets, flue welding, building up frogs and crossings, cutting off rails, mud rings, welding cracked cylinders, cross-heads, steam-chests, building up worn spots on wheels, rims and pins, welding spokes and locomotive frames, etc.

(Q) Railroad Work.—Reclaiming supports, couplings, slotting forged engine rods, constructing metal cars, repairing fire-boxes, patching and replacing side sheets, flue welding, reinforcing frogs and crossings, cutting off rails, mud rings, welding cracked cylinders, cross-heads, steam-chests, reinforcing worn areas on wheels, rims, and pins, welding spokes and locomotive frames, etc.

(Courtesy of the Oxweld Acetylene Co.)

(Courtesy of the Oxweld Acetylene Co.)

Fig. 11.—Office Chair. Welded at all Joints.

Fig. 11.—Office Chair. Welded at all joints.

(R) Rolling Mills.—Fabricating “open-hearth,” water jacket doors, cutting up “lost heats,” scrap plates and bar stock billets. General repairs of furnace equipment, hot beds, rolls, gears, engines, plates, etc.

(R) Rolling Mills.—Making “open-hearth” water jacket doors, cutting up “lost heats,” scrap plates, and bar stock billets. Doing general repairs on furnace equipment, hot beds, rolls, gears, engines, plates, etc.

[15]

[15]

(S) Sheet Metal.—Manufacture of tubing, oil-storage barrels, metallic furniture, range boilers, etc.

(S) Sheet Metal.—Manufacturing tubing, oil storage tanks, metal furniture, range boilers, and more.

(T) Shipyards.—Cutting off plates and irregular shapes of steel, channels, special sections. Building up of worn shocks, building and patching hulls, stringers and the reclamation of propellers, posts and broken parts of machinery, etc.

(T) Shipyards.—Cutting plates and unusual shapes of steel, channels, and special sections. Repairing worn shocks, constructing and patching hulls, stringers, and restoring propellers, posts, and broken parts of machinery, etc.

(U) Structural Steel.—Cutting holes for rivets, gussets and splice plates, and wrecking. Welding up misdrilled holes and machinist’s errors. Cutting channels, I beams, and other shapes for coping, splicing and fitting rails, welding reinforcing rods for concrete work of any desired length and structural parts where bolting and riveting is difficult or impossible.

(U) Structural Steel.—Making holes for rivets, gussets, and splice plates, and demolition. Welding over misdrilled holes and machinist errors. Cutting channels, I-beams, and other shapes for fitting, splicing, and adjusting rails, welding reinforcing rods for concrete work of any length, and structural parts where bolting and riveting are challenging or not possible.

(Courtesy of the British Oxygen Co.)

(Courtesy of the British Oxygen Co.)

Fig. 12.—Cutting Armor Plate by the Oxy-acetylene Process.

Fig. 12.—Cutting Armor Plate using the Oxy-acetylene Process.

(V) Scrap Yards.—Cutting up scrap boilers, tanks and other large work to mill size, wrecking structural buildings, and reducing to small size, reservoirs, tanks and boilers,[16] which are housed in buildings to remove them without damage to the structures.

(V) Scrap Yards.—Cutting up scrap boilers, tanks, and other large items to mill size, taking down structural buildings, and reducing reservoirs, tanks, and boilers to smaller sizes, which are stored in buildings to remove them without damaging the structures.[16]

(W) Tractor Industry.—Cutting and welding frames, track and wheel guards, water, gasoline, and oil tanks; welding up of blowholes, porous spots and misdrilled holes in castings of all kinds.

(W) Tractor Industry.—Cutting and welding frames, track and wheel guards, water, gasoline, and oil tanks; fixing blowholes, porous spots, and misdrilled holes in all kinds of castings.

(Courtesy of the Davis-Bournonville Co.)

(Credit: Davis-Bournonville Co.)

Fig. 13.—Here is Illustrated an Oxy-acetylene Machine for Cutting Holes in the Web of Rails, or in Structural Iron, of not more than ³⁄₄ Inch in Thickness. It can be Quickly Attached and Accurately Adjusted to Pierce through the Iron Instantly, without any Previous Drilling, and it will Cut Smooth Round Holes, from ¹⁄₂ to 2 Inches in Diameter in from 30 to 60 Seconds. It is Particularly Adapted for Railroad Work, and Enlarging or Cutting Holes in Building and Bridge Work.

Fig. 13.—This shows an oxy-acetylene machine designed for cutting holes in rail webs or structural iron that is no thicker than ¾ inch. It can be quickly attached and precisely adjusted to pierce through the iron instantly, without any need for prior drilling, and it will create smooth round holes ranging from ½ to 2 inches in diameter in just 30 to 60 seconds. It's especially useful for railroad projects and for enlarging or cutting holes in building and bridge constructions.

(13) The foregoing, as previously stated, is but a partial list of some of the applications of the oxy-acetylene welding and cutting process to various industries. What has the[17] future in store for it? Almost daily, some new application is found for it and at the present time experiments are under way in boiler construction, the results of which are not difficult to foresee. Giant hulls of seagoing vessels are being fused together by welding and the limits of this wonderful process which is now practically in its infancy are difficult to forecast.

(13) The above is just a partial list of some ways the oxy-acetylene welding and cutting process is used in different industries. What does the future hold for it? Almost every day, new applications are being discovered, and right now, experiments are happening in boiler construction, with results that are easy to predict. Huge hulls of ocean-going ships are being welded together, and it’s hard to imagine the full potential of this amazing process, which is still practically in its early stages.

(14) During the World War many manufacturers of non-essentials shut down and others turned their entire production over to the government, changing their machinery and in most instances their entire plant. What, then, are those who are operating machines and apparatus, produced by these firms before the war, going to do for replacements? There is but one answer, have their broken or worn out parts welded.

(14) During World War I, many manufacturers of non-essential goods shut down, and others converted their entire production to support the government, modifying their machinery and often overhauling their entire facilities. So, what are those operating machines and equipment made by these companies before the war supposed to do for replacements? The answer is simple: have their broken or worn-out parts welded.

(15) Oxy-acetylene operators have always numbered far less than the demand, a point which was clearly brought out by the government when its immense Army and Navy were being formed. There were so few men familiar with the oxy-acetylene process that it at once took measures to establish its own schools where men could be trained, a thing that the commercial world had been THINKING of doing for some years. As the demand for operators continues to increase, it behooves a man, even though he is not a metal worker, to think and apply himself, in order that he may “carry on,” to the best advantage when opportunity knocks.

(15) Oxy-acetylene operators have always been in shorter supply than the demand, which was clearly highlighted by the government when it was forming its massive Army and Navy. There were so few people familiar with the oxy-acetylene process that it immediately took steps to set up its own schools to train individuals, something the commercial sector had been THINKING about doing for several years. As the need for operators keeps growing, it’s important for anyone, even if they're not a metal worker, to think ahead and apply themselves so they can be ready to take advantage of opportunities when they arise.

(16) The methods of instruction herein set forth are very simple and while differing in many respects from those used by the trade, have been most successfully employed in producing efficient operators. Certain principles are instilled in the beginner and some of the exceptions which are of minor importance are overlooked to avoid confusion. Criticism is expected from those who have never engaged[18] in instruction of this kind on a large scale. There are many differences to be expected on account of this very fact, for there are few who have gone further than the instruction of very small classes where individual attention may be given.

(16) The teaching methods outlined here are quite straightforward and, while they differ in many ways from those used in the industry, have been very effective in producing skilled operators. Essential principles are taught to beginners, while some less important exceptions are set aside to minimize confusion. Criticism is likely from those who have never taught this kind of instruction on a large scale. There will naturally be many differences due to this fact, since few have gone beyond instructing very small classes where they can provide individual attention.

(17) All history of the process, gas manufacture and the like have been omitted in order to give greater detail to the actual shop practice and to have the operator become familiar with his apparatus and thereby operate it with all due respect and intelligence.

(17) The history of the process, gas production, and similar topics have been left out to provide more detailed information on actual shop practices and to help the operator become familiar with their equipment, allowing them to use it with respect and understanding.

(18) Oxy-acetylene welding cannot be learned by watching others work, although observation may at times assist the beginner. Actual torch practice, brain work and a power of “I will,” produce the most efficient operators. For those who earnestly apply themselves to the instructions which follow, there is every reason to believe that success will be theirs.

(18) Oxy-acetylene welding can’t be learned just by watching others, although observing can help beginners at times. Hands-on practice with the torch, thinking through the process, and determination are what create the best operators. For those who genuinely focus on the instructions that follow, there is every reason to expect success.


[19]

[19]

CHAPTER I
Gadget

(19) Welding apparatus in general consists of two regulators equipped with pressure gauges, two lengths of hose, and a welding torch. The regulators are attached to cylinders of acetylene and oxygen and are used to reduce and maintain a uniform pressure of these gases for use at the torch. The gases at reduced pressure are conveyed to the torch by the hoses. The regulators should each have a high-pressure gauge to indicate the contents of the cylinder, and also a line or working-pressure gauge to show the gas pressure on each hose. When the gases reach the torch they are there mixed and combustion takes place at the welding tip, which is fitted to the torch. Such an apparatus is called portable, on account of its movability. There are other equipments wherein one or both of the gases are generated, but these will not be discussed here.

(19) Welding equipment typically consists of two regulators with pressure gauges, two lengths of hose, and a welding torch. The regulators connect to cylinders of acetylene and oxygen and are used to reduce and maintain a consistent pressure of these gases for use at the torch. The gases at reduced pressure are delivered to the torch through the hoses. Each regulator should have a high-pressure gauge to indicate the cylinder's contents, as well as a line or working-pressure gauge to show the gas pressure on each hose. When the gases reach the torch, they mix, and combustion occurs at the welding tip attached to the torch. This equipment is referred to as portable due to its mobility. There are other setups where one or both gases are generated, but those won’t be discussed here.

Fig. 14.—A Portable Welding Unit.

Fig. 14.—A Mobile Welding Machine.

(20) For convenience oxy-acetylene welding apparatus may be divided into three classes, depending upon the principles used in securing the fuel gas or acetylene for the flame. Low-pressure, medium-pressure and high-pressure apparatus generally use about the same pressure of oxygen and it will be called a constant. The acetylene gas is a variable and in the low-pressure type only enough pressure is required to overcome the friction of the line until it reaches the oxygen injector, located in the torch, which acts as a syphon, drawing the acetylene gas to the point of ignition. In a medium-pressure type about three-fourths as much pressure[20] is required on the acetylene line as on the oxygen. This type is apt to verge on the injector type, as it depends to some extent upon the oxygen under pressure carrying acetylene gas to the point of ignition. In the high-pressure type equal pressure on each line is used. To further make this classification clear, a certain sized tip using, perhaps, 12[21] pounds of oxygen pressure can be used as an example. In a low-pressure type perhaps 2 pounds pressure or less will be needed on the acetylene line. On the medium-pressure approximately 9 pounds will be required, while on the high-pressure an equal amount, or 12 pounds will be needed.

(20) For convenience, oxy-acetylene welding equipment can be classified into three categories based on how the fuel gas or acetylene is supplied for the flame. Low-pressure, medium-pressure, and high-pressure setups generally use about the same oxygen pressure, which will be referred to as constant. The acetylene gas is variable, and in the low-pressure type, only enough pressure is needed to overcome the friction in the line until it reaches the oxygen injector located in the torch, which acts like a siphon, pulling the acetylene gas to the ignition point. In the medium-pressure type, about three-fourths of the oxygen pressure is needed for the acetylene line. This type tends to resemble the injector type since it relies somewhat on the pressurized oxygen to carry acetylene gas to the ignition point. In the high-pressure type, equal pressure is used on both lines. To clarify this classification, consider a specific tip that uses, for example, 12[20] pounds of oxygen pressure. In the low-pressure type, about 2 pounds of pressure or less will be necessary on the acetylene line. In the medium-pressure type, approximately 9 pounds will be required, while in the high-pressure type, an equal amount, or 12 pounds, will be needed.

Fig. 15.—Location of Mixing Chambers in Welding Torches.

Fig. 15.—Placement of Mixing Chambers in Welding Torches.

(1) Shows gases mixing in the handle. (2) Has the mixing chamber in the middle of the torch. (3) Illustrates how the gases are kept separate until the head of the torch is reached. Ox. represents oxygen gas; Ac. acetylene gas; and m mixing chamber.

(1) Shows gases mixing in the handle. (2) Has the mixing chamber in the middle of the torch. (3) Illustrates how the gases are kept separate until they reach the head of the torch. Ox. represents oxygen gas; Ac. acetylene gas; and m mixing chamber.

(21) The mixing chambers for the gases may be located in the head; in the middle of the torch, or in the handle. By mixing chambers reference is made to that portion of the torch where the two gases are brought together and mixed. As can be seen with three different types of welding torches and three different locations for the mixing of the gases, the manufacturers can find a large range for producing oxy-acetylene apparatus. Some undoubtedly will fill certain requirements better than others. Much, too, will depend upon the ability of the operator in handling a torch.

(21) The gas mixing chambers can be found in the head, the middle of the torch, or in the handle. By mixing chambers, we mean the part of the torch where the two gases come together and blend. With three different types of welding torches and three different locations for gas mixing, manufacturers have a wide range for creating oxy-acetylene equipment. Some will definitely meet specific needs better than others. A lot will also depend on the operator’s skill in using the torch.

(22) Flashbacks are caused by the improper mixture of the gases, which increases the rate of flame propagation to such an extent that the flame will flash back to the mixing chamber. Acetylene in a pure state will burn very much slower than when mixed with equal parts of oxygen. When[22] more oxygen is introduced the flame propagation is much greater, so that when an excess of oxygen is used, there is bound to be considerable trouble from backflashing. When sufficient acetylene is introduced to the mixing chamber, there is absolutely no chance for this lean mixture to occur. If the flame flashes back to the mixing chamber, both gases should be closed off immediately, at the torch, the oxygen first, and then the acetylene gas.

(22) Flashbacks occur when the gases are mixed incorrectly, which speeds up the flame's movement to the point that it can flash back into the mixing chamber. Pure acetylene burns much slower than when it's combined with equal amounts of oxygen. When more oxygen is added, the flame spread increases significantly, so using too much oxygen can lead to major issues with backflashing. If enough acetylene is added to the mixing chamber, there's no chance for this lean mixture to happen. If the flame does flash back into the mixing chamber, both gases should be shut off immediately, starting with the oxygen at the torch, followed by the acetylene gas.

(23) In some torches the heating of the mixing chamber will cause a flashback and with these it is necessary to shut off the acetylene and leave the oxygen valve just cracked and immerse the torch head in water, dipping it slowly, so as not to cause too great a strain. The oxygen will bubble out and prevent the water backing up in the tip. If the flashback deposits enough soot on the inside of the tip and the head to impair the working quality of the torch, the soot should be removed by using a soft wire, preferably of copper, or some other material which will not mar the tip.

(23) In some torches, if the mixing chamber gets too hot, it can cause a flashback. In these cases, you need to turn off the acetylene and leave the oxygen valve slightly open. Then, dip the torch head into water slowly to avoid putting too much stress on it. The oxygen will bubble out and keep water from backing up into the tip. If the flashback leaves enough soot inside the tip and head that it affects the torch's performance, you should clean out the soot using a soft wire, preferably made of copper, or another material that won't damage the tip.

Fig. 16.—Cross-section of Regulator.

Fig. 16.—Regulator cross-section.

A, chamber; B, nozzle; C, seat; D, seat arm; E, diaphragm; F, cross-bar, or adjusting screw; G, diaphragm springs; H, gas outlet; I, gas inlet.

A, chamber; B, nozzle; C, seat; D, seat arm; E, diaphragm; F, cross-bar or adjustment screw; G, diaphragm springs; H, gas outlet; I, gas inlet.

(24) It is interesting to note the action of a regulator, used to reduce the cylinder pressure on both gases. The gas from the cylinder, at high pressure, comes directly into the body of the regulator or chamber (A), Fig. 16, through a fine nozzle (B). A seat of gallilith, casenite, or fiber (C), attached to an arm (D), presses against this nozzle. Arm (D), in turn, is attached to a very sensitive diaphragm (E) and is moved every time there is a pressure exerted on the latter. The movement of this diaphragm is controlled by a handle or a screw, with a “cross-bar” attached to its end as is shown at (F). This screw bears upon the diaphragm through the medium of the springs (G). As this screw is forced inward the springs force the diaphragm in, and thereby move the seat away from the nozzle of the regulator. The gas, entering under high pressure, exerts an equal force on all parts of the chamber and the diaphragm[23] receives its share. Now the chamber walls are made of a solid material, usually a bronze or brass, and cannot be changed, but this diaphragm can be moved and as this pressure is increased, the diaphragm is forced out and the nozzle (B) is automatically closed by having the seat (C) brought in contact with it. When gas is drawn off through the line (H), the pressure within the chamber will naturally drop and as it does so, the springs will force the diaphragm inward, permitting a replacement of the gas drawn off. Although not noticeable, there is a continual movement of this diaphragm whenever the gas is being used. It can be readily seen that the amount of pressure within the regulator can be accurately set by the tension of the spring against the diaphragm which is controlled by the screw carrying the “cross-bar.”

(24) It’s interesting to see how a regulator works to lower the cylinder pressure on both gases. High-pressure gas from the cylinder flows directly into the regulator body or chamber (A), Fig. 16, through a fine nozzle (B). A seat made of gallilith, casenite, or fiber (C), attached to an arm (D), presses against this nozzle. The arm (D) is connected to a very sensitive diaphragm (E) that moves whenever there’s pressure on it. The diaphragm’s movement is adjusted by a handle or a screw, which has a “cross-bar” at its end, as shown at (F). This screw presses on the diaphragm through springs (G). When the screw is pushed inward, the springs push the diaphragm in, moving the seat away from the regulator nozzle. The high-pressure gas applies equal force on all parts of the chamber, and the diaphragm shares in that force. The chamber walls are made from solid materials, usually bronze or brass, which can’t be changed, but the diaphragm is movable. As the pressure increases, the diaphragm moves outward and automatically closes the nozzle (B) by bringing the seat (C) in contact with it. When gas is released through the line (H), the pressure in the chamber drops, and as it does, the springs push the diaphragm inward, allowing for the replacement of the gas that was drawn off. Although it might not be noticeable, the diaphragm constantly moves whenever gas is being used. It’s clear that the amount of pressure within the regulator can be precisely set by the tension of the spring against the diaphragm, controlled by the screw with the “cross-bar.”

[24]

[24]

(25) There are two types of regulators manufactured for the reduction of gases under high pressure, depending upon the nature of work to be done. The high-pressure regulator is employed for heavy work where a great deal of gas is used and the regulator must pass it without much effort, to prevent its freezing. This type of regulator is used on cutting or on large welding work. It differs from the low-pressure or ordinary type in four distinct features. Generally it contains a much heavier diaphragm which is smaller in diameter, making it stiffer in every respect. The tension springs which act upon this diaphragm are much heavier. The nozzle which presses against the seat is much larger, to permit the passage of a greater amount of gas. Then, too, a larger working pressure gauge must be used, in order to read this high pressure. In the welding of metals, especially in steel, the adjustment of the flame is a very important matter, and absolutely dependable regulation must be had. This is not possible with a high-pressure regulator and is not intended to be so. The larger the diaphragm, the more sensitive the regulator, and this point should be borne in mind, and no small welding work attempted with the high-pressure regulator. The reverse form of reasoning may be applied to low-pressure regulators which have been used in cutting. They are very likely to be strained and satisfactory results cannot be expected, for they are not made for that purpose. Acetylene regulators are constructed much more sensitively than the oxygen regulators, to take care of the lower pressure of gas and in a sense might be called weaker, insomuch that the larger nozzle which passes the gas is closed or regulated by springs which are not nearly as strong as in the oxygen regulator. For this reason acetylene regulators cannot be interchanged with oxygen regulators for they will not stand the pressure demanded in the first place, and in the second place, were a small quantity of[25] acetylene gas left in the regulator and oxygen introduced, an inflammable mixture would be formed which is not advisable to have present, on account of its explosiveness. In many instances oxygen regulators are put out with the copper diaphragms, whereas another metal must be used on the acetylene regulators, because acetylene gas attacks copper and usually a German silver or rubber diaphragm is used. On account of the lower pressures used in charging the acetylene cylinders, lower pressure gauges are used than on oxygen regulators.

(25) There are two types of regulators made for reducing gases under high pressure, based on the type of work to be done. The high-pressure regulator is used for heavy-duty tasks where a lot of gas is needed, and it must allow gas to flow easily to avoid freezing. This type of regulator is used in cutting or large welding jobs. It differs from the low-pressure or standard type in four key ways. Typically, it has a much heavier diaphragm that’s smaller in diameter, making it stiffer overall. The tension springs that act on this diaphragm are significantly stronger. The nozzle that presses against the seat is larger to allow more gas to pass through. Additionally, a larger working pressure gauge is required to read this high pressure. When welding metals, particularly steel, adjusting the flame is crucial, and reliable regulation is essential. This is not achievable with a high-pressure regulator, nor is it its intended purpose. The larger the diaphragm, the more sensitive the regulator, so it’s important to remember not to attempt small welding tasks with a high-pressure regulator. The opposite reasoning applies to low-pressure regulators that have been used in cutting. They are likely to become strained and will not produce satisfactory results, as they are not designed for such use. Acetylene regulators are built to be more sensitive than oxygen regulators, accommodating the lower pressure of the acetylene gas, and can be considered weaker in that the larger nozzle used for gas flow is controlled by springs that are not nearly as strong as those in oxygen regulators. For this reason, acetylene regulators cannot be swapped with oxygen regulators because they cannot withstand the demanded pressure. Moreover, if a small amount of acetylene gas remains in the regulator and oxygen is introduced, it creates an explosive and flammable mixture, which is highly undesirable. In many cases, oxygen regulators are equipped with copper diaphragms, while a different metal must be used in acetylene regulators since acetylene gas corrodes copper, so typically German silver or rubber diaphragms are used. Due to the lower pressures involved in filling acetylene cylinders, lower pressure gauges are used compared to those on oxygen regulators.

(26) All tension should be removed from the diaphragm springs by screwing out on the “cross-bar” (that is, to the left), before admitting gas under pressure to the regulator to avoid abusing the seat. If a matter of 1800 pounds pressure were admitted suddenly into any regulator that had the seat removed from the nozzle, there would be a sudden exertion upon the diaphragm, which would draw the regulator seat up very violently against the nozzle, and if it did not crack the seat it would undoubtedly groove it to such an extent that it would leak and a trouble known as “creeping regulator” would result. If this occurs, good work cannot be expected because the flame will not remain steady, and it is therefore necessary to take steps to rectify this abuse. If there is a welding company available, the regulator should be sent to it for repairs, but if the operator is in an isolated district when this occurs, and must have some means of continuing work, it will be possible for him to remove the seat by unscrewing the back of the regulator. If the seat has become grooved, and he thinks that this is the trouble, many times the seat can be turned over and the machined surface on the other side used. If the seat is cracked, however, about the quickest way of making an emergency repair is to turn out a new seat from hard rubber or fiber on a lathe.

(26) All tension should be removed from the diaphragm springs by turning the “cross-bar” (that is, to the left) before allowing gas under pressure into the regulator to prevent damaging the seat. If 1800 pounds of pressure were suddenly introduced into any regulator with the seat removed from the nozzle, it would create a sudden force on the diaphragm, violently pushing the regulator seat against the nozzle. This could either crack the seat or groove it enough to cause leaks, leading to a problem known as a “creeping regulator.” If this happens, reliable operation is not possible because the flame will be unstable, so it's important to address this issue. If there’s a welding company nearby, the regulator should be sent for repairs. However, if the operator is in a remote area and needs to keep working, they can remove the seat by unscrewing the back of the regulator. If the seat is grooved and it's suspected to be the issue, often the seat can be flipped over to use the machined surface on the other side. If the seat is cracked, the quickest way to make an emergency repair is to turn a new seat from hard rubber or fiber on a lathe.

[26]

[26]

(27) In acetylene cylinders an absorbent called acetone is generally used, which gives up the gas as required. A full cylinder can be used for some time without any noticeable difference in the gauge reading, and then, as it nears the empty point, the gauge reading will drop very perceptibly. It is therefore impossible to depend upon a high-pressure acetylene gauge as an index to the contents of the cylinder. The only method known to correctly check the amount of acetylene gas on hand is to weigh the cylinder. There are 14¹⁄₂ cubic feet of acetylene gas to the pound, and when the net weight of the cylinder is given the contents can readily be figured. A tag bearing the net weight or figures which will permit its computation is generally found attached to each acetylene cylinder. In the case of oxygen cylinders, there being no absorbent used, the contents of the cylinder is indicated on the high-pressure gauge. On the latest type gauge the contents will be shown by cubic feet, by pounds pressure and by atmospheric pressure, to facilitate the computation of costs by the operator.

(27) In acetylene cylinders, an absorbent called acetone is typically used, which releases the gas when needed. A full cylinder can be used for a while without any noticeable change in the gauge reading, but as it gets closer to empty, the gauge reading will drop significantly. Therefore, you can't rely on a high-pressure acetylene gauge to indicate the contents of the cylinder accurately. The only known way to correctly check the amount of acetylene gas you have is to weigh the cylinder. There are 14¹⁄₂ cubic feet of acetylene gas per pound, so once you have the net weight of the cylinder, you can easily calculate the contents. A tag showing the net weight or figures to help compute it is usually attached to each acetylene cylinder. In the case of oxygen cylinders, since no absorbent is used, the contents of the cylinder are indicated on the high-pressure gauge. The latest type of gauge displays the contents in cubic feet, pounds pressure, and atmospheric pressure to help the operator calculate costs easily.

(28) Occasionally a needle valve on a torch will begin to leak and it will be found necessary to grind it. Realizing that oil and grease are not to be used where oxygen is in evidence, the question is often brought up as to the proper lubricant to be used in doing this kind of work. Glycerine is used by most manufacturers, together with powdered glass or flour emery. In doing work of this kind the finished job is thoroughly washed with ether. Occasionally when piping oxygen lines through the shop, a screwed coupling will leak and there is a temptation to calk the same with white lead, but this should never be done, rather use lead oxide mixed with the glycerine for this purpose as it forms a paste which sets very rapidly and forms a hard, tough compound.

(28) Sometimes a needle valve on a torch will start to leak, and it becomes necessary to grind it. Since oil and grease shouldn't be used where oxygen is present, there's often a question about the right lubricant to use for this kind of work. Most manufacturers use glycerin along with powdered glass or flour emery. After completing the job, it's important to wash everything thoroughly with ether. Occasionally, when running oxygen lines through the shop, a screwed coupling might leak, and there's a temptation to seal it with white lead, but this should never be done. Instead, use lead oxide mixed with the glycerin for this purpose, as it creates a paste that sets quickly and forms a strong, durable compound.


[27]

[27]

CHAPTER II
TASK

(29) In oxy-acetylene welding there are two gases used, as the name would indicate, namely, oxygen and acetylene. The first is used to intensify the flame and can in nowise be likened to the inflammable nature of the second. There is a great deal of oxygen present in the air we breathe. It is an odorless, tasteless, and colorless gas, as most of us are aware. In the commercial world oxygen is manufactured by the decomposition of water into its elements, oxygen and hydrogen, by the electrolytic process or is taken from the air by a reduction process and is stored in steel-drawn cylinders. These cylinders are drawn out of one piece of steel and are of considerable thickness throughout, having absolutely no seams, welded or otherwise. There is no filler nor absorbent used on the inside of these cylinders, as pure oxygen under pressure is not considered dangerous. The standardized sized oxygen cylinder is one which contains 200 cubic feet of gas fully charged. Oxygen is compressed in these cylinders at a pressure of 1800 pounds, at normal temperature, and this pressure does not vary to any great extent with change in temperature (as shown by table on page 29). There is attached to the tip of the steel cylinder, or “bottle,” as some workers call it, a double seating valve which has one seat operate when the cylinder is closed, and the other when the cylinder is wide open. A regulator is attached to this valve when working.

(29) In oxy-acetylene welding, two gases are used, as the name suggests: oxygen and acetylene. The first is used to enhance the flame and should not be confused with the flammable nature of the second. There is a significant amount of oxygen in the air we breathe. It is an odorless, tasteless, and colorless gas, as most of us know. In the commercial sector, oxygen is produced by breaking down water into its elements, oxygen and hydrogen, through an electrolytic process or is extracted from the air using a reduction process and stored in steel cylinders. These cylinders are made from a single piece of steel, are fairly thick throughout, and have no seams, welded or otherwise. There is no filler or absorbent used inside these cylinders, as pure oxygen under pressure is not deemed dangerous. The standard oxygen cylinder contains 200 cubic feet of gas when fully charged. Oxygen is compressed in these cylinders at a pressure of 1800 pounds at normal temperature, and this pressure does not significantly change with variations in temperature (as shown in the table on page 29). Attached to the end of the steel cylinder, or “bottle,” as some workers refer to it, is a double-seating valve that has one seat that operates when the cylinder is closed and the other when the cylinder is fully open. A regulator is connected to this valve while in use.

[28]

[28]

Fig. 17.—Sectional View of Oxygen Cylinder without Valve.

Fig. 17.—Sectional View of Oxygen Cylinder without Valve.

(Courtesy of the Linde Air Products Co.)

(Courtesy of the Linde Air Products Co.)

Fig. 18.—A Standard 200-foot Oxygen Cylinder.

Fig. 18.—A Standard 200-foot Oxygen Tank.

 

[29]

[29]

TABLE SHOWING THE DIFFERENT PRESSURES OF OXYGEN—AT VARIOUS TEMPERATURES

TABLE SHOWING THE DIFFERENT PRESSURES OF OXYGEN—AT VARIOUS TEMPERATURES

Temp.
Deg.
Fahr.
Press.
Lb. Per
Deg.
Temp.
Deg.
Fahr.
Press.
Lb. Per
Deg.
Temp.
Deg.
Fahr.
Press.
Lb. Per
Deg.
Temp.
Deg.
Fahr.
Press.
Lb. Per
Deg.
  0 1568  25 1654  50 1739  75 1824
  1 1572  26 1657  51 1743  76 1828
  2 1575  27 1660  52 1746  77 1831
  3 1579  28 1664  53 1749  78 1835
  4 1582  29 1667  54 1753  79 1838
  5 1585  30 1671  55 1756  80 1842
  6 1589  31 1674  56 1760  81 1845
  7 1592  32 1678  57 1763  82 1848
  8 1596  33 1681  58 1766  83 1852
  9 1599  34 1684  59 1770  84 1855
 10 1603  35 1688  60 1773  85 1859
 11 1606  36 1691  61 1777  86 1862
 12 1609  37 1695  62 1780  87 1865
 13 1613  38 1698  63 1784  88 1869
 14 1616  39 1701  64 1787  89 1872
 15 1620  40 1705  65 1790  90 1876
 16 1623  41 1708  66 1794  91 1879
 17 1626  42 1712  67 1797  92 1883
 18 1630  43 1715  68 1800  93 1886
 19 1633  44 1719  69 1803  94 1889
 20 1637  45 1722  70 1807  95 1893
 21 1640  46 1725  71 1811  96 1895
 22 1643  47 1729  72 1814  97 1900
 23 1647  48 1732  73 1818  98 1903
 24 1650  49 1736  74 1821  99 1906
            100 1910

Fig. 19.

Fig. 19.

(30) Acetylene is the fuel gas, and is one of the greatest containers of heat known. Burning in a free state, its carbon content is so rich that complete combustion is impossible, and stringy black particles will be noticed floating through the air. In order to fully combust this gas, oxygen is introduced under pressure and a temperature of over[30] 6000 degrees Fahrenheit is obtained. (Acetylene contains about five times as many B. T. U.’s (British Thermal Units) as hydrogen.) This gas, unlike oxygen, becomes very dangerous when in a free state it is subjected to an excessive pressure. The slightest jar may cause its disintegration and a violent explosion follows. On account of this danger, acetylene is not stored in a free state; neither is it subjected to very high pressures. Its cylinders are put[31] out by various manufacturers to comply with the laws and regulations of the Interstate Commerce Commission. Some of these cylinders have been welded, but the most modern method is to make them of one piece of drawn steel. They are then filled with an absorbent of some kind to take up the gas and prevent any portion of it being left in a free state. Acetone is the popular absorbent, and is a liquid capable of absorbing twenty-five times its own volume of acetylene gas at normal pressure. The filling material varies with each of the manufacturers, but charcoal, asbestos and mineral wool are in very common use. Acetylene is obtained from calcium carbide brought in contact with water, or vice versa, and is compressed and then stored in the cylinders at a pressure varying from 150 to 250 pounds. When fully charged this pressure will vary almost directly with any change of temperature. Acetylene cylinders for welding are available in 100, 200, 225, and 300 cubic foot sizes.

(30) Acetylene is the fuel gas, and it’s one of the best sources of heat known. When burned in its natural state, its carbon content is so high that complete combustion can't happen, resulting in stringy black particles floating in the air. To achieve full combustion of this gas, oxygen is introduced under pressure, generating temperatures exceeding [30] 6000 degrees Fahrenheit. (Acetylene has about five times the B.T.U.s (British Thermal Units) as hydrogen.) This gas, unlike oxygen, can be very dangerous when subjected to excessive pressure in its free state. Even the slightest jolt may cause it to break apart, leading to a violent explosion. Because of this danger, acetylene isn’t stored in its free state and is not subjected to very high pressures. Cylinders for acetylene are manufactured to comply with the laws and regulations of the Interstate Commerce Commission. Some of these cylinders are welded, but the most modern method involves making them from a single piece of drawn steel. They are then filled with an absorbent material to capture the gas and ensure no free portion is left. Acetone is the commonly used absorbent, which can absorb twenty-five times its own volume of acetylene gas at normal pressure. The filling material varies among manufacturers, but charcoal, asbestos, and mineral wool are commonly used. Acetylene is produced by bringing calcium carbide in contact with water or vice versa, and it’s compressed and stored in cylinders at pressures ranging from 150 to 250 pounds. When fully charged, this pressure responds directly to temperature changes. Acetylene cylinders for welding come in 100, 200, 225, and 300 cubic foot sizes.

Fig. 20.—A Generator for Producing Acetylene under Pressure.

Fig. 20.—A Generator for Creating Acetylene Under Pressure.

(31) In setting up apparatus for the first time, the regulator containing the 3000-pound gauge is attached to the taller of the cylinders, which holds the oxygen gas, and the other regulator is fastened to the shorter cylinder. The hoses, which should be cleared of all powder or scale on their interior, are then added. The black hose should connect the oxygen regulator to the torch valve, marked “OX” and the red hose, the acetylene regulator to the torch valve stamped “AC.” In attaching regulators to full cylinders the “cross-bar” on the regulator should always be turned out, that is to the left, until it turns freely, to insure all pressure being released from the diaphragm, before the cylinder pressure is turned on. Another precaution that should be observed is the “cracking” of the cylinder valves, before attaching the regulator, in order to blow out any dirt or foreign particles that may be lodged there, otherwise they will be carried into the regulator seat,[32] or lodged in some small passage, which will impair the working of the apparatus. Then too, if no truck or clamping device has been provided, both the oxygen and acetylene cylinders should be securely clamped or wired together, a rule which should be insisted upon at all times, whether in a job shop, manufacturing concern, or training school, or any place where top-heavy oxygen cylinders are being used. No particular harm results if these cylinders are turned over, which is very easily done on account of their rounded base, if no regulator is attached, but very frequently regulators are attached and the hose connecting the same to torch is found in the operator’s way. The slightest pull or tripping on this hose will upset the cylinder, usually demolishing the regulator and expensive gauges and at times causing much confusion among the workmen, on account of the loud hissing noise given off by the escaping gas. Always secure the drums or the cylinders in a safe manner.

(31) When setting up equipment for the first time, attach the regulator with the 3000-pound gauge to the taller cylinder that holds the oxygen gas, and fasten the other regulator to the shorter cylinder. Add the hoses, ensuring they are free of any powder or scale inside. The black hose should connect the oxygen regulator to the torch valve marked “OX,” while the red hose connects the acetylene regulator to the torch valve labeled “AC.” When attaching regulators to full cylinders, always turn the “cross-bar” on the regulator out, to the left, until it spins freely, to ensure all pressure is released from the diaphragm before turning on the cylinder pressure. Another important step is to “crack” the cylinder valves before attaching the regulator to blow out any dirt or foreign particles that might get lodged inside, otherwise they could enter the regulator seat or get stuck in a small passage, impairing the equipment's function. Additionally, if no truck or clamping device is available, both the oxygen and acetylene cylinders should be securely clamped or wired together. This rule should always be followed, whether in a job shop, manufacturing facility, training school, or anywhere else where top-heavy oxygen cylinders are used. While it's not particularly harmful if these cylinders tip over when no regulator is attached—since their rounded base makes it easy—they often do have regulators attached, and the connecting hose can be in the operator's way. Even a slight pull or trip on this hose can tip over the cylinder, usually damaging the regulator and expensive gauges, and sometimes causing confusion among workers due to the loud hissing noise from the escaping gas. Always secure the cylinders safely.

(32) In turning on the gas, the oxygen valve is opened wide until seated and the acetylene valve is only partially opened. Often the question is raised as to where the operator should stand, especially when dealing with high-pressure oxygen. It is recommended that the operator should stand at the side and towards the rear when performing this operation, for sometimes an unreliable gauge may be attached, which if bursting, would send the glass into the operator’s face.

(32) When turning on the gas, the oxygen valve should be opened fully until it is seated, while the acetylene valve is only partially opened. There’s often a question about where the operator should stand, especially when working with high-pressure oxygen. It's advised that the operator should stand to the side and towards the rear during this process, as a faulty gauge might be in use, and if it bursts, it could send glass flying into the operator’s face.

Fig. 21.—Acetylene Flame Blowing away from Tip.

Fig. 21.—Acetylene Flame Blowing away from the Tip.

Fig. 22.—Addition of Oxygen to Acetylene Flame.

Fig. 22.—Adding Oxygen to an Acetylene Flame.

Fig. 23.—More Oxygen Pressure Applied. Flame Contains Slight Excess of Acetylene, and is Known as “Carbonizing.”

Fig. 23.—Increased Oxygen Pressure. The flame has a slight excess of acetylene, which is referred to as “Carbonizing.”

Fig. 24.—“Neutral” Flame. Correct Proportions of Oxygen and Acetylene Gases.

Fig. 24.—“Neutral” Flame. The Right Balance of Oxygen and Acetylene Gases.

Fig. 25.—“Oxidizing” Flame. Too much Oxygen Present.

Fig. 25.—“Oxidizing” Flame. Excess Oxygen Present.

(33) As soon as an operator has gas pressure in his regulators, he begins wondering how much pressure should be placed on his line, that is, the portion between the regulator and the torch. Of course, this depends upon the size of the tip, but the operator should have some means of approximating this pressure without going to his manufacturer’s chart every time. A neutral flame, that is, theoretically equal parts of oxygen and acetylene, is desired for welding.[33] Now in lighting, the flame should stand away from the tip a slight distance, in torches other than the low-pressure type, while in these there will only be a good full flame issue from the tip. Enough oxygen must be in evidence to bring this acetylene flame down to the neutral point. If not enough pressure is used, this result cannot be obtained, and of course, more pressure must be introduced. It is better to have too much pressure than not enough on the line, for the operator may use his torch valve to again regulate this pressure and is always sure of enough gas. Theoretically, all adjustments should be made at the regulator, but in practice this is very seldom carried out. The accompanying cuts will illustrate the five conditions which every welder should be familiar with, in the flame adjustment. Fig. 21 shows the acetylene turned on full; no oxygen has as yet been introduced. The flame has a yellow appearance and is very rich in carbon, as can be seen by the soot given off. In Fig. 22 we see the oxygen being turned on; the yellow flame (A) is gradually giving way to a white part at (B). In this condition we say that a feather flame exists. Fig. 23 shows slightly more oxygen pressure. In Fig. 24 we have the neutral flame, which can be readily recognized on account of its bluish white color and well-defined outline,[34] appearing like the end of an unused piece of chalk, only, of course, much smaller. In Fig. 25 can be seen an excess or too much pressure of oxygen. It will be noticed that the neutral flame assumes a more bluish color, is a little pointed, and a very noticeable hissing sound is in evidence. This is what is called an oxidizing flame and will be again referred to. Too much oxygen is used. Operators who attempt to turn on the oxygen first and then light it, will find that it does not burn, and their efforts will be useless. In picking up a torch for the first time, any operator can turn on one valve and detect by the odor of the gas, whether it is oxygen or the fuel gas, and can light it in accordance. Some operators, however, attempt to turn on a little of each gas and light. This is not to be recommended, for flashbacks may occur. When the welder accustoms himself to turning on enough pressure to accommodate whatever sized tip he may have, he will find that there is no great need for paying attention to the pressure gauges on his regulators[35] except to check up on the full drums of oxygen, and to tell whether he has enough gas left to complete a certain piece of work.

(33) Once an operator has gas pressure in their regulators, they start to wonder how much pressure should be on their line, specifically the section between the regulator and the torch. Of course, this depends on the size of the tip, but the operator should have a way to estimate this pressure without having to check the manufacturer’s chart every time. A neutral flame, which consists of theoretically equal parts of oxygen and acetylene, is preferred for welding. [33] When lighting, the flame should stay a little distance away from the tip, except for low-pressure torches, where you should see a nice, full flame coming out of the tip. There must be enough oxygen present to bring this acetylene flame down to a neutral point. If there isn't enough pressure, this result cannot be achieved, which means more pressure needs to be added. It’s better to have too much pressure than not enough in the line, as the operator can use their torch valve to adjust this pressure and will always have enough gas. Ideally, all adjustments should be made at the regulator, but in practice, this is rarely done. The accompanying illustrations will show the five conditions that every welder should understand in flame adjustment. Fig. 21 shows the acetylene fully turned on; no oxygen has been introduced yet. The flame looks yellow and is very rich in carbon, evident from the soot produced. In Fig. 22, we see the oxygen being added; the yellow flame (A) is gradually changing to a white section at (B). In this state, we call it a feather flame. Fig. 23 shows slightly more oxygen pressure. In Fig. 24, we have the neutral flame, which is easily recognized by its bluish-white color and distinct outline, [34] resembling the end of a piece of chalk, just much smaller. In Fig. 25, there’s an excess of oxygen pressure. You’ll notice the neutral flame turns a more bluish color, becomes a bit pointed, and produces a noticeable hissing sound. This is referred to as an oxidizing flame and will be mentioned again. Too much oxygen is being used. Operators who try to turn on the oxygen first and then light it will find that it won't burn, and their attempts will be futile. When using a torch for the first time, any operator can turn on one valve and smell the gas to determine whether it’s oxygen or fuel gas and light it accordingly. However, some operators try to turn on a bit of each gas and light it, which is not recommended due to the risk of flashbacks. When the welder gets used to turning on enough pressure for whatever size tip they have, they’ll find that there’s no great need to pay much attention to the pressure gauges on their regulators [35] except to check the full tanks of oxygen and to see if there’s enough gas left to finish a particular job.

(34) A neutral flame is theoretically composed of equal parts of oxygen and acetylene ignited, but this ratio is very seldom worked out in practice. There is usually an excess of oxygen in evidence. A neutral flame is generally spoken of as being over 6000 degrees Fahrenheit, and this does not vary with the different sized tips as most welders think. Of course there are different quantities of heat between a very small tip and a large sized one, but the temperature of the flame is the same.

(34) A neutral flame is theoretically made up of equal parts of oxygen and acetylene when ignited, but this ratio is rarely achieved in practice. There is usually more oxygen present. A neutral flame is typically said to reach over 6000 degrees Fahrenheit, and this does not change based on the size of the tips, contrary to what most welders believe. While there are different amounts of heat produced by a very small tip compared to a large one, the flame temperature remains the same.

(35) If too much acetylene gas is used, a feather flame such as was seen in Fig. 23 will appear. This has a carbonizing effect on the weld, for it introduces carbon and causes the weld to become very brittle.

(35) If too much acetylene gas is used, a feather flame like the one seen in Fig. 23 will show up. This has a carbonizing effect on the weld, as it introduces carbon and makes the weld very brittle.

(36) If too much oxygen gas is used, the effect shown in Fig. 25 will take place, and the weld will have oxygen introduced, which is a very detrimental feature, and is particularly noticeable in working on steel, for it raises a white foam over the surface of the melted metal, which sometimes is worked right into the weld itself. An experienced welder will always know just what kind of a flame action he is obtaining on his weld, not because he takes the flame away every time he wishes to look at it, but he can tell by the action of his metal exactly the nature of his flame.

(36) If too much oxygen gas is used, the effect shown in Fig. 25 will occur, and oxygen will be introduced into the weld, which is very harmful, especially when working with steel. It creates a white foam on the surface of the molten metal, which sometimes gets integrated into the weld itself. An experienced welder always knows what kind of flame action he is getting on his weld, not because he takes the flame away every time he wants to check it, but because he can determine the nature of his flame based on the behavior of the metal.

(37) Infra-red (heat) and ultra-violet (light) rays present to a small extent in the neutral flame are injurious to the naked eye. Colored glasses or goggles are used to shield the eyes when working with this flame. Too dark a glass should not be used, as it will cause a strain upon the eyes more injurious than the flame. Exposed metal frames should be avoided too, as they hold the heat and burn the operator.

(37) Infrared (heat) and ultraviolet (light) rays, which are present in small amounts in the neutral flame, can harm the naked eye. Colored glasses or goggles are worn to protect the eyes when working with this flame. Dark glasses should be avoided, as they can cause more strain on the eyes than the flame itself. Additionally, exposed metal frames should be avoided, as they retain heat and can burn the operator.

(Courtesy of the Chicago Eye Shield Co.)

(Courtesy of the Chicago Eye Shield Co.)

Fig. 26.—A Spectacle Made for Welders, having a Frame of Fiber and Arranged so that Lenses may be Replaced.

Fig. 26.—A Welder's Goggles, with a Frame Made of Fiber and Designed for Easy Lens Replacement.

(Courtesy of the Chicago Eye Shield Co.)

(Courtesy of the Chicago Eye Shield Co.)

Fig. 27.—Showing Cover Glass which Protects the Colored Lens and the Replaceable Features of a Modern Goggle.

Fig. 27.—Showing the cover glass that protects the colored lens and the interchangeable features of a modern goggle.

(38) To shut off the apparatus for several hours or so,[36] it is best to relieve all pressure from the lines, such as hose and so forth, and to do this close both tank valves; open the torch valves; release the tension on the regulator, by screwing the “cross-bar” to the left, and finally, close the torch[37] valves. It is quite necessary that these torch valves closed, for quite frequently, if a small tip is in the torch and an excess of oxygen pressure comes through the line, when both torch valves are open, much of the oxygen may back up the acetylene line and cause a serious flashback when lighting up. This can be avoided by keeping both torch valves closed when not in use.

(38) To shut down the equipment for several hours, it’s best to relieve all pressure from the hoses and other lines. To do this, first close both tank valves, then open the torch valves, release the tension on the regulator by turning the “cross-bar” to the left, and finally close the torch valves. It is crucial to keep these torch valves closed because if a small tip is in the torch and excess oxygen pressure comes through the line while both torch valves are open, a lot of oxygen could flow back into the acetylene line and cause a serious flashback when lighting up. This risk can be avoided by keeping both torch valves closed when not in use.

(39) If a valve on an empty acetylene cylinder is left open the acetylene gas will escape, and mixing with the air, which is a supporter of combustion, a very inflammable mixture will be formed. If any fire is present, such as might be smouldering in a forge, possibly not used for several hours or so, or a match lighted, or a flame started in any way, an explosion is likely to occur. When an acetylene cylinder is exhausted, as far as possible, in a moderately high atmospheric temperature, then shut off for a while and the temperature drops, air will be drawn into the vacuum thus formed when the valve is again opened. In this manner an explosive mixture forms in an empty acetylene cylinder and is certainly to be avoided. Care should be taken, especially in winter, to guard against such occurrences, as in some outlying shops a decided change in temperature takes place between closing time and starting up time the following morning. Acetylene tanks should always be securely closed when empty, not only for the above reasons but insomuch that each contains acetone, which is likely to escape if the tank is thrown around. Acetone is very costly and used extensively in the manufacture of smokeless powder, so that at times it is hard to replenish.

(39) If the valve on an empty acetylene cylinder is left open, the acetylene gas will escape and, when mixed with air—an essential element for combustion—it will create a highly flammable mixture. If there's any fire present, such as from a smoldering forge that hasn’t been used for several hours, or if a match is lit or a flame is ignited in any way, an explosion could happen. When an acetylene cylinder is mostly empty and the atmospheric temperature is relatively high, then shuts off for a bit and the temperature drops, air will be drawn into the vacuum that forms when the valve is opened again. This way, an explosive mixture forms in the empty acetylene cylinder and should definitely be avoided. Extra care should be taken, especially in winter, to prevent such situations, as in some remote workshops, there's a significant temperature change between closing time and when operations resume the next morning. Acetylene tanks should always be securely closed when empty, not only for these reasons but also because they contain acetone, which can escape if the tank is jostled. Acetone is very expensive and is widely used in the production of smokeless powder, making it sometimes difficult to restock.

(40) Oxygen has an affinity for oils and greases, and should not be allowed to come in contact with them, especially in confined places, as a spontaneous combustion may result. Oils and greases should never be used around oxy-acetylene welding apparatus and on nearly every apparatus on the[38] market the words “Use no oil,” will be found. Despite this precaution, however, many times ignorant operators will be found squirting oil into the holes around the regulator cap, and through the gauges, in order, as they say, to allow them to work easier. This use of oil should be discouraged, and the sooner the better.

(40) Oxygen has a strong attraction to oils and greases, and it should never come into contact with them, especially in tight spaces, as this could lead to spontaneous combustion. Oils and greases should never be used around oxy-acetylene welding equipment, and almost every device on the[38] market carries the warning “Use no oil.” Despite this precaution, many times untrained operators can be found spraying oil into the openings around the regulator cap and through the gauges, claiming it helps them operate more smoothly. This practice of using oil should be strongly discouraged, and the sooner, the better.


[39]

[39]

CHAPTER III
Shop gear

(41) In equipping a shop for welding, in addition to the welding apparatus, the operators are many times undecided whether it is advisable to have a planed metal or a brick top table to use for welding purposes; each has its advantages, but were there a choice of one or the other, it is suggested that the brick-top table be used. The theory of having a planed metal top for lining up work does not prove as satisfactory in actual practice as might be expected, for the simple reason that the average welder generally places his metal in direct contact with this cold top, and much of the heat which is supposed to go into the weld is conducted away by the table top, producing a hard, brittle weld. In the case of cast iron, these welds are generally porous. Then too, the operator to a large extent depends upon the table top for lining up his work and does not study his contraction and expansion as thoroughly as he might. The result is that many of his pieces warp in cooling. To rectify the first objection it is advisable to cover the table top with asbestos paper as shown in Fig. 28. In the second place, sometimes clamps are used to hold the work in position. Preheating without a layer of bricks on a metal-topped table is not to be recommended.

(41) When setting up a welding shop, in addition to the welding equipment, operators often struggle with whether to use a planed metal table or a brick-top table for welding; both options have their benefits, but if one must be chosen, it's recommended to go with the brick-top table. The idea of using a planed metal surface to align work pieces doesn’t perform as well in reality as one might think. This is mainly because most welders place their metal directly on the cold surface, which conducts away much of the heat intended for the weld, resulting in a hard, brittle joint. In the case of cast iron, these welds tend to be porous. Furthermore, operators often rely too heavily on the table for aligning their work and don’t pay enough attention to the contraction and expansion involved, leading to warping during cooling. To address the first issue, it's advisable to cover the table with asbestos paper as shown in Fig. 28. Additionally, clamps can sometimes be used to hold the work in place. Preheating on a metal table without a layer of bricks isn’t recommended.

Fig. 28.—Method of Holding Heat when Welding on Metal Top Tables.

Fig. 28.—How to Retain Heat When Welding on Metal Work Tables.

Asbestos paper, P, is laid upon the metal top, M, and the pieces, A and B, placed upon P in such a manner that the weld can be made at C. The asbestos paper prevents too much heat escaping from the bottom of the weld.

Asbestos paper, P, is placed on the metal top, M, and the pieces, A and B, are positioned on P in a way that allows the weld to be made at C. The asbestos paper keeps too much heat from escaping from the bottom of the weld.

Fig. 29.—A Fire-brick Table for Welding.

Fig. 29.—A Fire-brick Table for Welding.

Angle iron measuring 2 by 2 by ¹⁄₄ inches is welded together in the manner shown and covered with fire-bricks which measure 2¹⁄₂ by 4¹⁄₄ by 9 inches.

Angle iron measuring 2 by 2 by ¼ inches is welded together as shown and covered with firebricks that are 2½ by 4¼ by 9 inches.

(42) A fire-brick table, made up along the lines shown in Fig. 29, is very easily constructed and can be used for all sorts of jobs. It is well to have everything clear around the legs and have no braces to cut the operator on the shins[40] or to interfere in any way with his work. The best fire bricks obtainable should be used. A large number of extra bricks should always be on hand for they come in very handy in most of the welding operations, and in fact to conduct a welding shop without fire bricks could almost be likened to a blacksmith’s shop without an anvil. Besides being used for table tops, preheating furnaces of a[41] temporary nature may be built and the bricks used to jack up and align many jobs which could not be handled otherwise.

(42) A fire-brick table, constructed as shown in Fig. 29, is very easy to set up and can be used for a variety of tasks. It's important to keep the area around the legs clear and avoid any braces that might injure the operator's shins[40] or interfere with their work. The best fire bricks available should be used. It’s a good idea to always have plenty of extra bricks on hand, as they are very useful for many welding tasks, and running a welding shop without fire bricks is almost like having a blacksmith’s shop without an anvil. In addition to being used for table tops, temporary preheating furnaces can be built, and the bricks can be used to lift and align many jobs that couldn’t be managed otherwise.

(43) An emery wheel plays a very important part in a commercial welding shop, insomuch that rust, scale, and unnecessary metal can be removed in a very short time by its use. A flexible shaft attachment should be on hand, if possible, or a portable grinder of some kind, for in many cases where the casting, or the piece being worked upon is too heavy to bring to the emery wheel, the wheel can be brought to it and many places ground down by its use that would be impossible with a stationary grinder.

(43) An emery wheel is really important in a commercial welding shop because it can quickly remove rust, scale, and excess metal. If possible, keep a flexible shaft attachment or some kind of portable grinder available. In many situations where the casting or the piece being worked on is too heavy to move to the emery wheel, you can bring the wheel to it and grind down many areas that would be impossible to reach with a stationary grinder.

Fig. 30.—One Shop in which Instruction in Steel is being Given, at the Ordnance Welding School.

Fig. 30.—One shop where instruction in steel is being provided at the Ordnance Welding School.

Note the construction of the welding tables. Two or more may be placed together, to give as large a surface as desired.

Note the setup of the welding tables. Two or more can be combined to create a larger surface as needed.

(44) Many times when working near a hole which may be threaded, the welder has much difficulty in keeping his[42] metal from entering the hole. At other times it is necessary to back up preheated work such as aluminum, to prevent its collapsing. Ordinary clay or putty cannot be used for this purpose. The simple reason being that when metal is heated it expands and the clay or putty in giving off its moisture contracts, showing two opposite reactions. Retort cement is a name given furnace cement mixed with shredded asbestos, this, as well as carbon flour, has been found to be very satisfactory for filling in holes and backing up pre-heated work. Retort cement is purchased in airtight containers, hardening very quickly when brought in contact with the air, so at all times it should be kept in containers similar to those in which it is purchased. It cannot be reclaimed once it is hardened.

(44) Often, when working near a hole that might be threaded, welders struggle to keep their metal from entering the hole. Sometimes it's necessary to support preheated materials like aluminum to prevent them from collapsing. Regular clay or putty isn't suitable for this. The reason is that when metal is heated, it expands, while clay or putty contracts as it loses moisture, resulting in two opposing reactions. Retort cement is a type of furnace cement mixed with shredded asbestos; both this and carbon flour have proven to be effective for filling holes and backing up preheated work. Retort cement comes in airtight containers and hardens quickly when exposed to air, so it should always be stored in the original containers. Once it hardens, it cannot be reused.

(45) A blacksmith forge will be the medium of saving much valuable gas and time in a welding shop. It will heat up parts to be welded in very short order and while in this condition they may be welded and then thrown back into the forge and allowed to cool very slowly.

(45) A blacksmith forge will save a lot of valuable gas and time in a welding shop. It heats up the parts to be welded quickly, and while they’re hot, they can be welded together and then put back in the forge to cool down slowly.

(46) Several pails of water should always be located where welding is being done to prevent fire from flying sparks; to cool the torch tips and filler-rods, when working on large jobs; to keep certain parts of work being welded cool, and to harden or temper other parts.

(46) Several buckets of water should always be nearby where welding is taking place to prevent fires from flying sparks; to cool the torch tips and filler rods when working on large jobs; to keep certain parts of the work being welded cool, and to harden or temper other parts.

(47) A simple and efficient manner of handling flux in the welding shop has puzzled many welders, on account of the flux containers being easily upset, their inaccessibility and the action of the air upon large quantities of flux. A simple method of overcoming this is to cut in two, a two and one-half or three-inch pipe coupling and mount it by welding on a square piece of one-eighth inch plate, as shown in Fig. 31. This type of container is very hard to upset; may be used when working on preheated jobs; is easy to get at on account of its shallow nature, and, as it only holds a[43] small amount of flux, it can be cleaned out frequently and a fresh flux will always be available.

(47) A straightforward and effective way of dealing with flux in the welding shop has confused many welders due to the flux containers easily tipping over, being hard to reach, and the effects of air on large amounts of flux. An easy solution is to cut a two and a half or three-inch pipe coupling in half and weld it onto a square piece of one-eighth inch plate, as shown in Fig. 31. This type of container is very difficult to tip over; it can be used when working on preheated jobs; it's easy to access because of its shallow design, and since it only holds a[43] small amount of flux, it can be cleaned out often, ensuring fresh flux is always available.

Fig. 31.—A Good Flux Container for the Welding Table.

Fig. 31.—A Great Flux Container for the Welding Table.

(48) Additional equipment beneficial to the welder will be a quantity of various sized carbon rods and blocks; asbestos paper; goggles; V-blocks for lining up shafts and an assortment of mechanics’ tools, such as wrenches, hammers, chisels, hack-saws, and other things which might be used in dissembling or assembling various kinds of machinery.

(48) Additional equipment helpful for the welder will include a variety of carbon rods and blocks in different sizes; asbestos paper; goggles; V-blocks for aligning shafts; and a selection of mechanic's tools like wrenches, hammers, chisels, hacksaws, and other items that could be used for taking apart or putting together different types of machinery.

(49) Another important item which is generally overlooked in the average welding shop is the question of ventilation. Although the welding flame itself contains no objectionable gases, those from fresh charcoal preheating fires, those given off when some of the alloys of the filler-rods are melted when brass, copper, and other metals are being worked on, and from gas engine exhausts are not desirable. At times they will give the operators violent headaches unless means are taken to carry them off. The ventilation should be such that it will not directly affect the work. Drafts are to be avoided as much as possible, for many times they will warp pieces being preheated if allowed to come in direct contact with them. It is a good thing to remember that indirect ventilation and plenty of it is a prime requisite in a good welding shop.

(49) Another important item that is often overlooked in most welding shops is ventilation. While the welding flame itself doesn't produce harmful gases, the fumes from fresh charcoal preheating fires, those released when melting some alloys of filler rods while working with brass, copper, and other metals, and exhaust from gas engines are not ideal. Sometimes, these can cause operators severe headaches unless steps are taken to remove them. The ventilation should be designed so it doesn't directly affect the work. Drafts should be avoided as much as possible, because they can warp pieces being preheated if they come into direct contact. It's important to remember that indirect ventilation and plenty of it are essential in a good welding shop.


[44]

[44]

CHAPTER IV
Equipment repairs

(50) Occasionally in setting up a welding apparatus, a leak may be noticed along the lines, some time after the plant is in operation. Leaks on either the oxygen or acetylene lines are to be considered dangerous as well as costly and therefore to be avoided at all times. When the cylinder valves are closed on the drums containing the gases, and the hands on the low-pressure gauges of each regulator are seen to drop or reduce their pressure when the torch valves are shut off and allowed to remain so, this is an indication that there is a leak between the regulator and the torch. It is not desirable to use a match or a flame of any kind in testing for leaks. There are various methods employed by the cautious welder, but about the best of these is a soapy solution of water, which is kept in a can at all times and is applied with a paint brush. If this solution is applied to any leaky part, bubbles will form immediately and the leak will be located.

(50) Occasionally, when setting up a welding setup, you might notice a leak in the lines some time after the equipment has been running. Leaks in either the oxygen or acetylene lines are dangerous and costly, so they should always be avoided. When the cylinder valves on the gas drums are closed, if the pressure on the low-pressure gauges of each regulator drops when the torch valves are shut off and left that way, it indicates a leak between the regulator and the torch. It's not safe to use a match or any kind of flame to check for leaks. There are various methods used by careful welders, but one of the best is a soapy water solution, which is kept in a can and applied with a paintbrush. If you apply this solution to a leaky area, bubbles will form right away, helping you locate the leak.

(51) At times, when working in isolated places, where repairs cannot be had, and no means have previously presented themselves for testing out the cylinders or the apparatus as a whole, it may be found that the threads or ground seat on the cylinder valve of the regulator which is connected will be in such a condition that a leak is in evidence. Or it may be that the threads will not permit the seat being drawn up sufficiently to make it airtight. In cases of this kind, the welder must find some means of proceeding[45] with his work, and while it will be impossible for him to use white lead or any oily substance with safety, he may stop the leak with litharge or lead oxide mixed with a small quantity of glycerine. A string soaked in this solution may be wound around the main connection and the swivel nut screwed up to the seat as far as it will go. If allowed to harden for a short time, the litharge will set and a very satisfactory temporary repair will be effected.

(51) Sometimes, when working in remote areas where repairs aren’t accessible and there’s no chance to test the cylinders or the entire setup beforehand, you may discover that the threads or ground seat on the cylinder valve of the connected regulator are in a state that shows a leak. It could also be the case that the threads won’t allow the seat to be tightened enough to make it airtight. In situations like this, the welder needs to find a way to continue working. While it’s not safe to use white lead or any oily substances, he can seal the leak with litharge or lead oxide mixed with a small amount of glycerine. A string soaked in this mixture can be wrapped around the main connection, and the swivel nut can be tightened down onto the seat as much as possible. If allowed to harden for a little while, the litharge will set, resulting in a very satisfactory temporary repair.

Fig. 32.—Method of Attaching Hose to Connection so it cannot Pull or Blow off.

Fig. 32.—How to Securely Attach Hose to Connection to Prevent it from Pulling or Blowing Off.

(52) The method shown in Fig. 32 of attaching connections to hoses so that they will not blow off when pressure is applied is a very simple and effective means of overcoming this difficulty. Undoubtedly it will assist some operators in solving the trouble that has been occasioned by the ordinary hose clamps, especially when doing cutting or heavy welding work where the gas pressure is considerably higher than usual. The wire used should be large enough to prevent cutting the fabric in the hose.

(52) The method shown in Fig. 32 for connecting hoses so they won’t blow off under pressure is a straightforward and effective way to solve this problem. It will definitely help some operators deal with issues caused by regular hose clamps, especially during cutting or heavy welding tasks where the gas pressure is significantly higher than normal. The wire used should be thick enough to avoid cutting into the hose material.

(53) An injured hose which may leak should never be used after the leak is noticed unless some means are taken to repair it. The use of tape in trying to repair hose on an oxy-acetylene welding outfit should never be permitted. The most efficient way of overcoming an injury of this kind is to cut the hose at this part and insert a piece of pipe. The ends of the hose are then wired to this pipe and a union is thereby effected which will generally outlast the life of the hose. Special connections for this purpose are put out by most welding companies, so that a supply may be on hand if hose trouble is expected.

(53) If a damaged hose is leaking, it should never be used after the leak is discovered unless it's repaired. Using tape to fix a hose on an oxy-acetylene welding setup is never allowed. The best way to fix this type of damage is to cut the hose at the damaged spot and insert a piece of pipe. The ends of the hose are then secured to the pipe with wire, creating a connection that usually lasts longer than the hose itself. Most welding companies offer special connections for this purpose, so you can have supplies ready in case of hose issues.

[46]

[46]

(54) When transporting welding apparatus, occasionally the “cross-bar” on the regulator is lost and many times the operators do not know what is to be done. The purpose of the “cross-bar,” as we have already seen, is only to apply pressure on the diaphragm springs, so that if a set screw of the same diameter and same thread as those of the “cross-bar” can be found and screwed into its place with a wrench, a section of filler-rod can be welded across the top of it and the use of the regulator will not be impaired. If a special thread is used by any particular company, a piece of brass or iron can be turned down in a lathe to fit.

(54) When transporting welding equipment, the “cross-bar” on the regulator often gets lost, and operators frequently don't know what to do. The “cross-bar,” as we've already mentioned, is only there to apply pressure on the diaphragm springs. So, if you can find a set screw with the same diameter and thread as the “cross-bar,” you can screw it into place with a wrench. You can then weld a section of filler rod across the top of it, and the regulator will still work properly. If a specific company uses a unique thread, a piece of brass or iron can be machined down in a lathe to fit.

(Courtesy of the Bastian-Blessing Co.)

(Courtesy of Bastian-Blessing Co.)

Fig. 33.—Various Types of Adaptors Used to Connect Regulators to Cylinders having Different Connection.

Fig. 33.—Different Types of Adaptors Used to Connect Regulators to Cylinders with Varying Connections.

(55) The manufacturers of practically all regulators use the quarter-inch tapered pipe thread in attaching the cylinder connections to the regulator and do not depend upon the threads being gas-tight, so they solder them in. There are various types of cylinder connections put out by different manufacturers of the gases and occasionally it may be necessary to use a cylinder of gas which contains a different connection than is supplied on the regulator. Various adapters, such as shown in Fig. 33, are supplied to overcome this difficulty, but at times the operator is confronted with the very embarrassing situation, of having a cylinder of gas and his regulator of different connections, but no adapter suitable. This predicament is usually found when some very important work is to be done and sometimes far from a supply depot. At times the operator may have an adapter which will fit the cylinder but not the regulator. If this is the case, his difficulty can be very easily overcome, for generally all adapters are made of two parts, “sweated” together, and have the same quarter-inch tapered thread as used in the cylinder connections on the regulator. The adapter can be separated, the tank connection removed and the correct connection “sweated” into the regulator.

(55) Almost all manufacturers of regulators use a quarter-inch tapered pipe thread to connect the cylinder connections to the regulator and don’t rely on the threads being gas-tight, so they solder them in place. Different manufacturers of gases produce various types of cylinder connections, and sometimes it's necessary to use a gas cylinder that has a different connection than what's on the regulator. Various adapters, like those shown in Fig. 33, are available to fix this issue, but there are times when the operator faces the frustrating situation of having a gas cylinder and a regulator with incompatible connections, but no suitable adapter. This problem often arises when important work needs to be done, sometimes far from a supply depot. Occasionally, the operator might have an adapter that fits the cylinder but not the regulator. If that's the case, the issue can usually be resolved easily since most adapters consist of two parts that are “sweated” together and have the same quarter-inch tapered thread used in the cylinder connections on the regulator. The adapter can be taken apart, the tank connection removed, and the correct connection “sweated” into the regulator.

(Courtesy of the U.S. Gauge Co.)

(Courtesy of the U.S. Gauge Co.)

Fig. 34.—Showing Solid-front and Hinged-back Features of a “Safety-first” High-pressure Oxygen Gauge.

Fig. 34.—Displaying Solid Front and Hinged Back Features of a “Safety-first” High-Pressure Oxygen Gauge.

(56) Most gauges used in the oxy-acetylene industry to[47] indicate gas pressure are of the Bourbon type. The most recent types of the oxygen high-pressure gauges are constructed with a hinged back and a solid front, which means that should an oil or foreign matter enter the gauge from any source whatsoever and tend to burst it, the back would be blown off and there would be no glass that could possibly fly around. This is a safety device which has been welcomed with much enthusiasm on the part of the oxy-acetylene industry.[48] When leaks occur in gauges, it is always best to remove the gauge from the regulator, stopping the hole temporarily with a pipe plug and return the gauge to the manufacturers for repair. These gauges are very delicately constructed and can be rendered useless if handled by the inexperienced. A great many times after the case of the gauge has been jarred or loosened, the screws connecting this case to the inside working mechanism are tightened up, breaking the soldered connection holding the spring tube on the inside of the gauge. This causes a leak which can[49] be repaired quite easily if the operator is able to solder it. It must be remembered, however, that if the flame is brought in contact with any of the springs that their tension will be lost and that the gauge may not operate correctly after this repair is made unless great care is exercised.

(56) Most gauges used in the oxy-acetylene industry to[47] indicate gas pressure are of the Bourbon type. The latest models of high-pressure oxygen gauges are built with a hinged back and a solid front. This design means that if oil or any foreign substance gets into the gauge and causes it to burst, the back will blow off, preventing any glass from flying around. This safety feature has been enthusiastically accepted by the oxy-acetylene industry.[48] When leaks occur in gauges, it's best to remove the gauge from the regulator, temporarily seal the hole with a pipe plug, and send the gauge back to the manufacturers for repair. These gauges are very delicate and can become useless if mishandled by inexperienced individuals. Often, after the gauge case has been jostled or loosened, the screws connecting the case to the internal mechanism may tighten, breaking the soldered connection that holds the spring tube inside the gauge. This leads to a leak that can be repaired quite easily if the operator knows how to solder it. However, it's important to remember that if the flame comes into contact with any of the springs, their tension will be lost, and the gauge may not function correctly after the repair unless great care is taken.

Fig. 35.—A 3000-pound High-pressure Oxygen Gauge.

Fig. 35.—A 3000-pound High-pressure Oxygen Gauge.

(57) Undoubtedly there are many welders who in beginning to operate their welding apparatus conclude that their gauges must be at fault when they show a reading after apparently all pressure has been released in closing down the apparatus. It is to avoid the impression that the gauge is at fault that time is here taken to show that even though the cylinder valve is closed and the “cross-bar” on the regulator screwed out that when the torch valves are opened to drain the lines there will still be a reading on the high-pressure[50] gauge if the regulator seat is in good working order. It is simply a case of gas being trapped between the regulator and the cylinder valve. To reduce this reading it is only necessary to screw in the “cross-bar,” thus opening the regulator seat. This could be avoided if the cylinder valve were closed first and the torch valves opened while the regulator “cross-bar” were still screwed in, then as soon as the gas had left the line, the torch valves could be closed and the “cross-bar” on the regulator could be screwed out until free.

(57) There are definitely many welders who, when they first start using their welding equipment, think their gauges must be malfunctioning when they show a reading even after all pressure seems to have been released. To prevent the misconception that the gauge is faulty, it's important to clarify that even when the cylinder valve is closed and the “cross-bar” on the regulator is turned out, there will still be a reading on the high-pressure[50] gauge if the regulator seat is functioning properly. This happens because gas can get trapped between the regulator and the cylinder valve. To lower this reading, simply screw in the “cross-bar,” which will open the regulator seat. This situation can be avoided by closing the cylinder valve first and opening the torch valves while the regulator “cross-bar” is still turned in. Then, after the gas has cleared the line, the torch valves can be closed, and the “cross-bar” on the regulator can be turned out until it’s free.


[51]

[51]

CHAPTER V
Preheating Services

(Courtesy of the Messer Mfg. Co.)

(Courtesy of the Messer Mfg. Co.)

Fig. 36.—A Large Job Prepared for Welding.

Fig. 36.—A Big Job Ready for Welding.

(58) Preheating, as applied to oxy-acetylene welding, means the application of heat to the article to be welded in some manner which is usually different than by the welding flame itself. Charcoal, coke, kerosene, crude oil, coal and natural gas are used for this purpose. The principal reasons for pre-heating parts to be welded are: To take care of the effects of contraction and expansion on the confined ends; to save time, gas, and material; and to make[52] a better weld by making it quicker and with less chance of burning up the metal.

(58) Preheat in oxy-acetylene welding refers to heating the item being welded using methods that are usually different from the welding flame itself. Materials like charcoal, coke, kerosene, crude oil, coal, and natural gas are used for this purpose. The main reasons for preheating parts that need to be welded are: to manage the effects of contraction and expansion at the confined ends; to save time, gas, and materials; and to create a better weld by making it faster and reducing the risk of burning the metal.

(Courtesy of the Messer Mfg. Co.)

(Courtesy of the Messer Mfg. Co.)

Fig. 37.—Showing how Large Work can be Covered with Asbestos Paper when Preheating.

Fig. 37.—Demonstrating how Large Jobs can be Covered with Asbestos Paper during Preheating.

(59) On account of the ductile qualities of steel, there is not quite as much heat used in preheating, to take care of the contraction and expansion, as in cast iron. On brass work a very dull red heat is considered sufficient, or otherwise the alloys might burn out. When preheating aluminum, there will be no change in color as the heat is introduced, so other methods are used to determine the correct temperature. Three methods are used for this purpose by most welders. “Half-and-half” soldering wire will usually melt when applied to the surface of aluminum which is preheated to the proper state; the puddle stick when drawn smartly across the heated surface should scrape off the oxide and leave a clear blue streak if the work is in condition[53] to be welded; and if a medium-sized tip is brought down so that the neutral flame just touches the surface for a second or two, the metal will sweat, if at the proper temperature, and small globules which have the appearance of mercury will stand out on the surface.

(59) Because of the flexible properties of steel, less heat is needed for preheating to manage contraction and expansion compared to cast iron. For brass work, a dull red heat is generally enough; otherwise, the alloys could burn. When preheating aluminum, there won’t be any visible color change as the heat is applied, so different methods are used to identify the right temperature. Most welders rely on three methods for this purpose. “Half-and-half” soldering wire will typically melt when it touches the surface of aluminum that’s been preheated to the correct state; the puddle stick, when quickly dragged across the heated surface, should scrape off the oxide and leave a clear blue streak if the work is ready to be welded; and if a medium-sized tip is brought down so the neutral flame just grazes the surface for a second or two, the metal will sweat, showing small droplets that look like mercury on the surface if it’s at the right temperature.

(60) The beginner must study contraction and expansion in order that he may know when and where to apply it in figuring out his work. Many welding jobs have turned out to be failures through lack of knowledge in this respect. Take, for example, a water-cooled cylinder block of the ordinary gas engine; the water jacket may be broken when the water is allowed to freeze in it. This problem has certainly confined ends, but some welders have attempted to weld such jobs cold, that is, without preheating, and possibly have succeeded in executing what they thought was a very fine weld, but upon examination, have discovered that the cylinder walls, which are very accurately machined, have been warped to such an extent that the block is rendered useless. This is strictly a “preheating” job, and the cylinder should be brought to a dull red heat if the best results are to follow.

(60) A beginner needs to learn about contraction and expansion so he can know when and how to use it in his work. Many welding projects have failed because of a lack of understanding in this area. For instance, consider a water-cooled cylinder block of a typical gas engine; the water jacket can crack if the water freezes. This issue has specific boundaries, but some welders have tried to weld these parts while cold, meaning without preheating, and might think they did a great job. However, upon closer inspection, they found that the precisely machined cylinder walls have warped so much that the block is now unusable. This is definitely a “preheating” situation, and the cylinder should be heated to a dull red if optimal results are expected.

As has been stated elsewhere in this volume, the weld should not be considered successful unless the piece worked upon can be returned to a usable state.

As mentioned earlier in this book, the weld should only be considered successful if the item being worked on can be returned to a usable condition.

(61) Several different fuels have been mentioned, all of which can be used for preheating purposes. Charcoal is considered the best agent for general welding, as it gives off a very steady heat which will gradually be absorbed by the article worked upon, bringing it to the heat desired and holding it there throughout the welding operation. It will then permit very gradual cooling, as this sort of fire takes a long time in dying—a desirable asset in work of this kind. On account of the scarcity of charcoal and its high price, other agencies are used and chief among them are torches using kerosene, crude oil, or city gas, as a fuel. These usually[54] heat up the work more quickly, but care in their manipulation is necessary. A preheating torch to be used in conjunction with city gas can be very easily constructed, if the details of Fig. 38 are observed. This proves to be a very efficient and cheaply constructed apparatus.

(61) Several different fuels have been mentioned, all of which can be used for preheating purposes. Charcoal is considered the best option for general welding because it provides a steady heat that is gradually absorbed by the item being worked on, bringing it to the desired temperature and maintaining it throughout the welding process. It also allows for very slow cooling, as this type of fire takes a long time to die down—a beneficial feature for this kind of work. Due to the scarcity and high cost of charcoal, alternative methods are commonly used, primarily torches that burn kerosene, crude oil, or city gas. These typically heat the work more quickly, but require careful handling. A preheating torch designed for use with city gas can be easily built if the details of Fig. 38 are followed. This proves to be a highly efficient and cost-effective device.

Fig. 38.—Preheating Torch, Constructed of Black Iron Pipe, for Burning City Gas.

Fig. 38.—Preheating Torch Made from Black Iron Pipe, for Using City Gas.

(62) When work is being preheated, it is best to have it protected from all drafts, to prevent warping. Possibly the most extensively used material for building up temporary ovens to hold the heat and protect the work from the air currents is fire brick and with it asbestos paper. When setting up an ordinary casting for preheating, these bricks are built up in builder’s fashion, about four inches away from the piece itself, as shown in Fig. 39, and practically level with the top of the piece. If charcoal is to be used, draft spaces are left in the first row of bricks as shown, and the charcoal ignited through the openings with the welding torch. The work to be welded should have the line of weld at the top if possible and be set up from the floor, or the surface[55] upon which the oven is resting, on one or two fire bricks, in order that the full benefit of the heat will be received. Asbestos paper is then laid across the top, and the oven will appear as in Fig. 40. When starting the fire, a layer of charcoal, a matter of two or three inches thick, is at first used, but as the chill is taken off the piece the oven can be filled to the top, and usually this is enough to complete the work.

(62) When you're preheating work, it's best to keep it protected from drafts to avoid warping. The most commonly used materials for creating temporary ovens that retain heat and shield the work from air currents are fire bricks and asbestos paper. When setting up a standard casting for preheating, arrange these bricks in a builder's style, about four inches away from the piece itself, as shown in Fig. 39, and nearly level with the top of the piece. If you're using charcoal, leave draft spaces in the first row of bricks as indicated, and ignite the charcoal through the openings using the welding torch. The piece to be welded should ideally have the weld line at the top and be elevated from the floor, or the surface[55] the oven is sitting on, by one or two fire bricks, to ensure maximum heat exposure. Asbestos paper is then laid across the top, making the oven look like Fig. 40. When starting the fire, use a layer of charcoal about two or three inches thick at first. Once the chill is off the piece, you can fill the oven to the top, which is usually sufficient to complete the work.

Fig. 39.—Temporary Preheating Oven, Built of Fire Brick.

Fig. 39.—Temporary Preheating Oven, Made of Fire Brick.

Fig. 40.—Temporary Preheating Oven of Fire Bricks Covered with Asbestos Paper.

Fig. 40.—Temporary Preheating Oven Made of Fire Bricks Covered with Asbestos Paper.

(63) In order to protect the operator, when working over hot fires, it is recommended that the asbestos covering be left on, and that only a small section immediately in the vicinity of the weld be removed, which can be accomplished by cutting a “U” in the paper as shown by the dotted lines in Fig. 40. This can be turned back, exposing the place which is to be welded, and at the same time protecting the operator, to a large extent, from the unnecessary heat. When the weld is finished, this lap can be turned back and the piece allowed to cool. On pieces which require turning and must be welded in several different positions, the preheating oven, as it is called, should be built considerably larger, to provide for handling the work. It must be remembered that during the entire operation, the piece should be left inside the oven and should not be removed to a welding[56] table. Some beginners make the mistake of doing this. When welding with the charcoal in closed rooms, during the winter months, the fumes will be found to be very disagreeable and means should be taken to provide indirect ventilation, otherwise the welders will be troubled with headaches and smarting eyes.

(63) To protect the operator while working over hot fires, it's advised to keep the asbestos covering in place, removing only a small section right around the weld area. This can be done by cutting a “U” shape in the paper as shown by the dotted lines in Fig. 40. You can then fold it back to expose the area to be welded while still offering considerable protection from excess heat. Once the weld is complete, you can turn the flap back and let the piece cool down. For pieces that need to be turned and welded in multiple positions, the preheating oven, as it's referred to, should be built significantly larger to accommodate handling the work. It’s important to remember that throughout the entire process, the piece should stay inside the oven and not be moved to a welding[56] table. Some beginners mistakenly do this. When welding with charcoal in enclosed spaces during the winter months, the fumes can be quite unpleasant; therefore, indirect ventilation should be ensured, or welders may experience headaches and irritated eyes.

Fig. 41.—Showing How Oven is Built when Preheating Torch is to be Used. Torch is Shown at (A).

Fig. 41.—Showing How the Oven is Built When Using a Preheating Torch. The torch is Shown at (A).

(64) When using preheating torches, the ovens are built much closer to the work and do not have the openings along the bottom row of bricks. They are made as tight as possible, and in some cases it will be found advisable to build up the walls with two layers of bricks, with asbestos paper between them, in order to hold the heat and cause the work to heat up in a more uniform manner. A hole is left in one end of the oven, through which the flame of the preheating torch is introduced as shown in Fig. 41. It is not thought best to have the torch flame come in direct contact with the work which is being preheated, and a baffling plate of metal or brick is placed directly in front of the flame, in order to spread it around the oven. Judgment will have to be used in all such work.

(64) When using preheating torches, the ovens are designed much closer to the work and don't have openings along the bottom row of bricks. They are made as tight as possible, and in some cases, it's advisable to build up the walls with two layers of bricks, with asbestos paper in between, to retain heat and ensure the work heats up more evenly. A hole is left at one end of the oven, through which the flame of the preheating torch is inserted as shown in Fig. 41. It's not ideal for the torch flame to come into direct contact with the work being preheated, so a metal or brick baffle plate is placed directly in front of the flame to distribute it throughout the oven. Care must be taken in all such work.

(65) The setting up of the work, when preheating, is an important point overlooked by many welders, especially so in the case of aluminum. Care should be taken to see that the[57] work has a good solid setting and is braced at a sufficient number of points, to prevent its sagging when in a preheated condition. Many times when working on rough surfaces, a few firebricks distributed around the bottom of the oven with a dab of putty, clay, or retort cement, placed upon them, will form an excellent cushion upon which the work can rest and the operator may feel confident that no sagging will occur.

(65) Setting up the work during preheating is a crucial aspect that many welders overlook, particularly with aluminum. It's important to ensure that the[57] work has a stable setup and is supported at enough points to prevent it from sagging while preheated. Often, when working on uneven surfaces, placing a few firebricks around the bottom of the oven with a small amount of putty, clay, or retort cement on top can create an excellent cushion for the work to rest on, giving the operator confidence that there won't be any sagging.


[58]

[58]

CHAPTER VI

Part One.—WELDING OF CAST IRON

(66) In order to know how to weld, it is quite imperative that the operator first know the kind of metal he is to work on. It is surprising to find how few welders know their metals thoroughly. An incident might be cited where some welders depend upon the sparks given off by the emery wheel in determining the kind of metal they are about to weld. They will approach the wheel; grind off their work, noting the sparks; return to their welding table; choose their filler rods and do their welding without any delay whatsoever, much to the consternation of their fellow workers. There are four simple ways in common use to distinguish between cast iron, malleable iron, and steel; they are: By the cross-section of a fresh break, by application of the welding torch, by the sparks given off when applied to the emery wheel and by the chisel test.

(66) To know how to weld, it's essential for the operator to first understand the type of metal they will be working with. It's surprising how few welders have a deep knowledge of their metals. For instance, some welders rely on the sparks produced by the emery wheel to identify the kind of metal they are about to weld. They approach the wheel, grind their material, observe the sparks, return to their welding station, select their filler rods, and start welding without any hesitation, much to the dismay of their coworkers. There are four common methods to differentiate between cast iron, malleable iron, and steel: by examining the cross-section of a fresh break, by using the welding torch, by observing the sparks generated when applied to the emery wheel, and by performing the chisel test.

Fig. 42.—Characteristic Sparks of Different Irons and Steels Thrown off by an Emery Wheel. Wheel should be Clean Cutting and Run about 7000 Feet per Minute.

Fig. 42.—Typical Sparks from Various Irons and Steels Produced by an Emery Wheel. The wheel should be clean, cutting well, and operating at about 7000 feet per minute.

(1) Shows cast iron. No sparks unless impurities are present.

(1) Shows cast iron. No sparks unless there are impurities.

(2) Is wrought iron almost free from carbon. Heated particles thrown from wheel follow straight line. These become broader and more luminous some distance from their source of heat.

(2) Is wrought iron almost free of carbon? Heated particles ejected from the wheel follow a straight line. These particles become wider and more luminous as they move away from their heat source.

(3) Illustrates mild steel action. Small amount of carbon present causes a division or forking of the luminous streak.

(3) Shows mild steel behavior. A small amount of carbon causes a split or branching of the bright streak.

(4) Shows the effect of increasing the carbon from 0.50 to 0.85 per cent in mild steel. The iron spark lines diminish: the forking of the luminous streak occurs more frequently, being subdivided by re-explosions from smaller particles.

(4) Shows the effect of increasing the carbon from 0.50 to 0.85 percent in mild steel. The iron spark lines decrease: the branching of the bright streak happens more often, being split up by re-explosions from smaller particles.

(5) Is a piece of carbon tool steel. The iron lines are practically eliminated with the increase of the explosions and subdivisions, causing display of figures.

(5) Is a type of carbon tool steel. The iron lines are nearly gone with the increase in explosions and subdivisions, showing figures.

(6) Gives the spark of high-speed steel, containing in addition to 65 per cent carbon, other alloying elements, chiefly tungsten and chromium.

(6) Provides high-speed steel that contains 65 percent carbon along with other alloying elements, mainly tungsten and chromium.

(7) Represents a manganese spark. (Occasionally found in cast iron.)

(7) Represents a manganese spark. (Sometimes found in cast iron.)

(8) Shows spark thrown from old grade of “Mushett” steel.

(8) Shows sparks produced from the old grade of "Mushett" steel.

(9) Represents a magnet steel spark.

(9) Represents a magnet steel spark.

(67) Externally cast iron usually has some sand on its surface and its cross-section shows the grain to be fine, even, and to have a dull grayish color. The surface of malleable iron contains no sand and its grain is very fine, such as cast iron, but slightly darker in color. A very fine steel veneer is on all surfaces of malleable iron, which is much lighter in color. When the welding torch is applied to cast iron, no sparks are given off, but when applied to malleable iron a bright spark is thrown off which breaks in falling, showing that the outside material is steel. These sparks soon cease and the metal which is molten is covered by a heavy oxide[59] or skin which recedes or draws away from the flame slightly, showing a very porous cast-iron interior. When brought in contact with the emery wheel steel sparks, which are very luminous and break in falling, are given off first in the case of malleable iron, but they soon change to the dull red spark[60] of cast iron. When a chisel is applied to cast iron, the iron chips off; when applied to malleable iron the edge will curl up, then chip off when the cast iron is reached. The cross-section of cast steel shows a bright, coarse, silvery gray grain. When the torch is applied a distinctively steel spark which is luminous and breaks in falling is thrown off. When applied to the emery wheel steel sparks are thrown off; when the edge is chipped by a chisel it will curl up.

(67) Externally, cast iron usually has some sand on its surface, and its cross-section shows a fine, even grain with a dull grayish color. The surface of malleable iron doesn't have any sand and its grain is very fine like cast iron but slightly darker. There's a very fine steel layer on all surfaces of malleable iron, which is much lighter in color. When you apply a welding torch to cast iron, it doesn’t produce any sparks, but when applied to malleable iron, it throws off bright sparks that break apart as they fall, indicating that the outer material is steel. These sparks quickly stop, and the molten metal is covered by a heavy oxide[59] or skin that pulls slightly away from the flame, revealing a very porous cast-iron interior. When it contacts an emery wheel, steel sparks, which are very bright and break apart as they fall, are produced first with malleable iron but soon change to the dull red sparks[60] of cast iron. When a chisel is applied to cast iron, it chips off the iron; when applied to malleable iron, the edge will curl up and then chip off once it reaches the cast iron. The cross-section of cast steel shows a bright, coarse, silvery gray grain. When the torch is applied, a distinctively steel spark that is bright and breaks as it falls is generated. When applied to the emery wheel, steel sparks are released; when the edge is chipped by a chisel, it will curl up.

METHODS OF DISTINGUISHING METALS

WAYS TO IDENTIFY METALS

Here are five methods, any one or all of which may be used to learn the nature of common castings which might confuse the welder.
No. Test. Malleable Iron. Cast Steel. Cast Iron.
1 Outside Appearance. Generally smooth and free from all sand, weighs about same as cast iron. Rough surface with sand in evidence, weighs much more than cast iron. Surface fairly smooth but generally shows some sand.
2 Cross-section Test. Ring of bright steel crystals outside, with darker iron crystals inside. Large, bright, luminous, silver crystals. Fine, uniform, dark gray, crystals.
3 Emery Wheel Test. Few steel sparks and then iron sparks from interior. Bright, luminous sparks that break in falling. Dull red sparks that do not break.
4 Chisel Test. Surface will curl and interior break off. Will curl before breaking. Will chip off.
5 Torch Test. Gives way before flame and delivers few sparks. Metal becomes porous. Gives forth bright sparks that break in falling. Gives no sparks except where there are impurities.

Fig. 43.

Fig. 43.

[61]

[61]

(68) The metal in the filler-rod should be the same in practically all cases as the metal to be welded. There are few exceptions to this rule, but the principal one is that of malleable iron. The cast iron in the rods is of a very good grade and generally much better than the piece to be worked upon. To permit the ready flow of the rod and eliminate oxidation, as much as possible, three per cent of silica is generally used in the casting of filler-rods for cast iron welding. Piston rings and other scrap iron should not be used for filler-rods, as they contain many impurities such as core-sand, dirt, grease, etc., which will ruin the weld. It is disheartening to see some operators attempt to economize on the filler-rod. It is not an uncommon sight to see several dollars’ worth of gas and the same amount of the welder’s time, together with a few cents’ worth of filler rods all lost, and the operator’s reputation ruined. This, because an attempt is made to save the few cents involved in the filler-rods by substituting a rod of a very poor grade.

(68) The metal in the filler rod should generally match the metal being welded. There are a few exceptions to this rule, with the main one being malleable iron. The cast iron in the rods is of very high quality and usually better than the piece being worked on. To help the rod flow easily and reduce oxidation as much as possible, about three percent silica is typically added during the casting of filler rods for cast iron welding. Piston rings and other scrap iron should not be used as filler rods because they contain many impurities like core sand, dirt, grease, etc., which can ruin the weld. It’s frustrating to see some operators try to save money on the filler rod. It’s not uncommon to witness several dollars' worth of gas and the same amount of the welder's time wasted, along with just a few cents spent on filler rods, causing the operator's reputation to suffer. This happens when there’s an attempt to save a few cents on filler rods by using a rod of very poor quality.

(69) A flux is not used, as many suppose, to cement the filler-rod to the metal. It is used purely as a cleansing agent and may be likened to the acid used in soldering. It does not act on the metal until the latter has reached the melting-point, but then it starts to break up the oxides and clean the surface. This action permits the metal to flow together more readily. A cast-iron flux is always used in welding cast iron, to break up the oxide, because the cast iron itself will melt before the oxide and no matter how hot the metal is it will not flow together as long as this oxide is present.

(69) A flux isn't used, as many think, to bond the filler rod to the metal. It's used purely as a cleaning agent and can be compared to the acid used in soldering. It doesn't affect the metal until it reaches the melting point, but then it begins to break down the oxides and clean the surface. This process allows the metal to fuse together more easily. A cast-iron flux is always used when welding cast iron to break down the oxide because the cast iron itself will melt before the oxide, and no matter how hot the metal gets, it won't flow together as long as the oxide is there.

(70) To obtain the best results, reliable fluxes should always be used. Occasionally an accident will happen to the flux can, when the operator is on some isolated job and a substitute flux must be obtained at once. Equal parts of bicarbonate of soda (cooking soda), and carbonate of soda[62] (ordinary washing soda), may be purchased from any grocery in the powdered form and mixed together thoroughly. This will tide the welder over until he can return to the shop and replenish his supply.

(70) To get the best results, always use reliable fluxes. Sometimes an accident can happen to the flux can when the worker is on a remote job, and they need a substitute flux immediately. Equal parts of baking soda (bicarbonate of soda) and washing soda (carbonate of soda) can be bought from any grocery store in powdered form and mixed together well. This will help the welder manage until they can return to the shop to restock their supply.

Fig. 44.—Whenever Possible, the Beginner should “V” His Work, and Complete His Weld from One Side only. On heavy work, however, it will be necessary to “V” out from both sides, as is here shown.

Fig. 44.—Whenever possible, beginners should “V” their work and complete their weld from just one side. However, for heavier materials, it will be necessary to “V” out from both sides, as shown here.

(71) The flux is generally applied by means of the filler-rod. One end is heated and dipped in the flux; enough will adhere to break up part of the oxides, on the ordinary-sized job. The flux is carried to the work, which should be at the melting-point and introduced between the flame and the metal. Oxides will break up immediately and the metal will flow together, but it must be remembered that the flux has no action on cold or moderately heated metals. The flux as has been explained is used to clean the metal and break up the oxides. To the oft-repeated question, how often should the flux be applied, answer is made as follows: As often as it is necessary to clean up the metal and break up the oxides. All fluxes should be kept in airtight containers when not in use, to keep their chemical contents in the very best condition and it is best to use only a small quantity of flux on the welding table at one time.

(71) The flux is usually applied using the filler rod. One end is heated and dipped into the flux; enough will stick to break down some of the oxides on a standard-sized job. The flux is brought to the work, which should be at its melting point, and introduced between the flame and the metal. The oxides will break down immediately, and the metal will fuse together, but it's important to remember that the flux doesn't work on cold or moderately heated metals. As explained, the flux is used to clean the metal and break down the oxides. In response to the frequently asked question of how often the flux should be applied, the answer is: as often as needed to clean the metal and break down the oxides. All fluxes should be stored in airtight containers when not in use to maintain their chemical properties, and it's best to use only a small amount of flux on the welding table at any one time.

(72) Oxy-acetylene welding is purely a fusing process and the most important points to remember in executing a weld are, to eliminate the entire crack in the fracture and[63] to add the filler-rod without changing the character of the metal. On thin pieces of metal it is possible to depend upon the force of the flame to entirely penetrate to the depth of the crack but on work three-eighths of an inch thick or over, it is well to “V” out or remove some of the surface metal around the crack in order to get down to the bottom. By “V-ing” we mean to chip or grind off each edge at an angle of approximately 45 degrees, so that the opening will form an angle of 90 degrees where the two pieces come together, with the crack at the bottom portion of the “V.” This should NOT be ground down to a knife edge, for it will readily burn up. It is preferable to leave about one-eighth inch along the line in order that the pieces will fit together and the proper alignment may be obtained. If two pieces of cast iron have been prepared in this manner the neutral flame of the welding torch is brought down in such a manner that the tip of the cone just licks the metal. The heat is not applied directly to the line of weld to start with, but rather to the surrounding part. This is done in order to get the entire locality in a condition which will not withdraw too much of the heat from the line of the weld, once the fusing is begun. If it is found that the tip will not produce enough heat to bring the metal to a red heat in a fairly short time, a larger tip should be used.

(72) Oxy-acetylene welding is simply a fusing process, and the most important things to remember when making a weld are to completely eliminate any cracks in the fracture and[63] to add the filler rod without changing the metal's character. For thin pieces of metal, you can rely on the flame's heat to fully penetrate the crack, but for materials three-eighths of an inch thick or more, it's best to "V" out or remove some surface metal around the crack to get to the bottom. By "V-ing," we mean to chip or grind off each edge at about a 45-degree angle, creating a 90-degree opening where the two pieces meet, with the crack at the bottom of the "V." This should NOT be ground down to a sharp edge, as it will easily burn up. It's better to leave about one-eighth inch along the edge so the pieces can fit together and align properly. If two pieces of cast iron have been prepared this way, the welding torch's neutral flame should be directed so that the tip of the cone just touches the metal. The heat isn't applied directly to the weld line at first, but rather to the surrounding area. This helps heat up the entire area without pulling too much heat away from the weld line once the fusing starts. If the tip isn't producing enough heat to bring the metal to a red heat quickly, you should switch to a larger tip.

Fig. 45.—Starting a Cast-iron Weld.

Fig. 45.—Starting a Cast Iron Weld.

Fig. 46.—Reinforcing a Cast-iron Weld.

Fig. 46.—Strengthening a Cast-iron Weld.

(73) No set rule can be given as to the sized tip to be used on various kinds of metal. It will largely depend upon the welder’s ability and judgment. When the metal is brought[64] to red-heat, the neutral flame or cone is brought into contact with the lowest portion of the “V” and held there until it is seen that the metal is melted on both sides. The filler-rod, which has previously been heated at one end and dipped into the flux so that an amount adheres to the end of the rod, then carries this flux to that portion of the weld which is under way. Enough flux is blown off the rod into the weld to clean up the surface and permit the metal flowing together. The crack should be melted together all along before any additional metal is added, for the elimination of the crack is extremely important. It might be noted that as soon as the metal begins to flow freely the neutral flame should be raised a short distance from the work in order to better control the molten metal. In order to build up the metal to the original state along the line of weld or perhaps reinforce it, the sides and bottom of this “V-ed” out part are then brought to a molten state and held there while the filler-rod which brings up more flux is stirred into this metal and the end melted off. In this way the flame does not come in direct contact with the filler-rod and is used only to keep the metal in a molten condition. As much of the filler-rod can be melted off as is thought necessary to bring the weld to the normal condition of the metal or an additional reinforcement can be built up, if it is thought advisable. If care is taken in the above procedure, many of the blow holes and hard spots in the weld will be eliminated, for any impurities that might gather will be[65] displaced by the melted metal and will float to the top. In cooling a weld of this kind, care should be taken not to permit any sudden chilling for this will tend to harden the weld. It is best to cool it slowly by burying it in slack lime, ashes, or wrap it with asbestos paper to keep the air from it as much as possible.

(73) There aren't specific rules for the size of the tip to use on different types of metal. It mostly depends on the welder’s skill and judgment. When the metal reaches red-heat, the neutral flame or cone should touch the lowest part of the “V” and stay there until the metal is melted on both sides. The filler rod, which has been heated at one end and dipped in flux so that some sticks to the end, then delivers this flux to the area of the weld that’s in progress. Blow enough flux from the rod into the weld to clean the surface and allow the metal to flow together. The crack should be fused together entirely before adding any extra metal, as sealing the crack is crucial. It's worth noting that as soon as the metal starts to flow freely, the neutral flame should be raised slightly away from the work for better control of the molten metal. To restore the metal to its original condition along the weld line or perhaps reinforce it, the sides and bottom of the “V-ed” part should be melted and held there while the filler rod—which adds more flux—is stirred into the metal, and its end is melted off. This way, the flame doesn’t directly touch the filler rod and is only used to keep the metal molten. You can melt off as much of the filler rod as needed to restore the weld to its normal condition or build up additional reinforcement if necessary. If you take care during this process, many blow holes and hard spots in the weld can be avoided, as any impurities that gather will be pushed out by the melted metal and rise to the top. When cooling a weld like this, it's important not to let it cool too quickly, as that can harden the weld. The best method is to cool it slowly by burying it in slack lime, ashes, or wrapping it in asbestos paper to minimize air exposure.

Fig. 47.—This Problem does not Require Preheating to Care for Contraction, as the Ends of A and B are not Confined.

Fig. 47.—This problem doesn't require preheating to manage contraction, since the ends of A and B are not restricted.

(74) There may be a great many causes for blow holes and hard spots in the weld, but probably they can all be traced directly to the lack of heat. It must be remembered that welding is a fusing process and heat is absolutely essential. Therefore it should not be used sparingly. The application of heat always causes expansion. There are no exceptions to this rule, likewise upon cooling the metal there will be a contraction. Outside of the actual welding, that is, the fusing of the metal into a homogeneous mass, perhaps the greatest problem that the welder has to confront is the expansion and contraction of his metals. Whenever the ends of two pieces of metal which are to be welded are free to move, or even one end, there will be no difficulty encountered with contraction and expansion, but if these ends are confined, it is an entirely different problem.

(74) There can be many reasons for blow holes and hard spots in the weld, but they can probably all be linked to insufficient heat. It's important to remember that welding is a process that requires fusing, and heat is absolutely crucial. So, it should not be used sparingly. Applying heat always leads to expansion; there are no exceptions to this. Similarly, when the metal cools, it contracts. Aside from the actual welding—fusing the metal into a uniform mass—one of the biggest challenges that a welder faces is managing the expansion and contraction of the metals. If the ends of the two pieces of metal being welded can move freely, or even if just one end can move, then expansion and contraction won’t be an issue. But if these ends are confined, it creates a completely different problem.

Fig. 48.—Preheating Problem. Ends of Bars A′ and B′ are Confined.

Fig. 48.—Preheating Issue. Ends of Bars A′ and B′ are Restricted.

(75) To illustrate this point more clearly, the following very simple example will be given. In Fig. 47 we have two bars of metal A and B which have been beveled off or “V-ed”[66] out as shown at the point C. Now as soon as the heat is introduced at C there is bound to be an expansion of the metal at that point. Naturally if the pieces were heated slowly and for a considerable distance, the cool ends of these bars would be forced outward. We will assume that the heat is introduced very rapidly and the metal is brought to a molten state; that instead of the contraction forcing the cool ends outward, whatever expansion there is, is taken care of, at the weld, for the metal when melted will readily push together. It is also assumed that the bars are heavy enough to overcome what slight force might be in evidence from the expansion. A weld is then made and allowed to cool. As it cools, there is bound to be a contraction along the line of the weld and the welded piece will be slightly shorter than the work before the weld, for it will draw in the pieces A and B. As can be seen, there is no particular force preventing the contraction of such a weld for the ends are free to move. However, let us turn to Fig. 48, which constitutes an entirely different problem. It might seem that the ends A′ and B′[67] appear the same as A and B in Fig. 47, but such is not the case. The ends farthest from the weld are confined, held in place by a heavy frame which does not permit their free movement. When heat is introduced at the point of welding C′, about the same action takes place as in the previous problem, but as soon as the weld commences to cool let us see what happens. The bar A′B′ must be shortened so there is an inward pull on the bars D′ and E′. If this work were cast iron or aluminum it would certainly be broken by the strains set to working and would naturally break at C′, where the metal is still hot. If it were steel or one of the ductile metals, it might twist and warp in its endeavor to overcome these internal strains. This illustrates in a very simple manner the difference between what is known as a “cold” and a “preheating” job. In the first no provision is made for expansion and contraction. In the second means are taken to overcome these important factors. In order to provide for the successful welding of the second problem, it is only necessary to heat up the bars X and Y about the same distance as the center will be heated, and keep them in that condition while executing the weld at C′, then allowing the whole to cool gradually.

(75) To clarify this point, let’s consider a very simple example. In Fig. 47, we have two metal bars A and B that have been beveled or “V-ed”[66] at the point C. As soon as heat is applied at C, the metal at that point will expand. If the pieces are heated slowly and for a long time, the cooler ends of these bars will be pushed outward. Let’s assume that the heat is applied quickly and the metal becomes molten; rather than the contraction pushing the cool ends outward, the expansion at the weld will allow the molten metal to easily come together. It’s also assumed that the bars are heavy enough to resist any slight forces from the expansion. A weld is then created and allowed to cool. As it cools, there will naturally be a contraction along the weld line, making the welded piece slightly shorter than it was before the weld, since it will pull the pieces A and B closer together. Clearly, there isn’t any specific force preventing the contraction of this weld since the ends can move freely. Now, let’s look at Fig. 48, which presents a completely different challenge. It might seem that the ends A′ and B′[67] are similar to A and B in Fig. 47, but this isn’t true. The ends furthest from the weld are restricted, held in place by a heavy frame that doesn’t allow movement. When heat is applied at the welding point C′, a similar process occurs as in the previous example, but when the weld starts to cool, we need to see what happens. The bar A′B′ must shorten, creating an inward pull on bars D′ and E′. If this work was made of cast iron or aluminum, it would likely break due to the stress and would probably break at C′, where the metal is still hot. If it were steel or another ductile metal, it might twist and warp as it tries to cope with these internal stresses. This illustrates the difference between what is known as a “cold” job and a “preheating” job. In the first, there is no consideration for expansion and contraction. In the second, steps are taken to manage these crucial factors. To ensure the successful welding of the second scenario, you only need to heat the bars X and Y the same amount as the area in the center and maintain that temperature while performing the weld at C′, then allow the whole assembly to cool slowly.

Part Two.—WELDING OF CAST IRON

(76) Before commencing to weld, or even turning on the gas, it is well to see that all preparations have been made and all materials on hand to bring the weld or whatever job it may be, to a finished state.

(76) Before you start welding, or even turning on the gas, it's a good idea to make sure all preparations are complete and that you have all the materials ready to finish the weld or whatever job it is.

(Courtesy of Ben K. Smith, U. S. Welding Co.)

(Courtesy of Ben K. Smith, U. S. Welding Co.)

Fig. 49.—This Locomotive Cylinder was Welded at the Saddle, near the Frame.

Fig. 49.—This locomotive cylinder was welded at the saddle, near the frame.

(77) As a specific example of a simple welding operation let us consider that two cast-iron bars, measuring one by six inches and twenty-four inches long are to be welded end to end. To start with it would be necessary to “V” off the ends that were to be joined at an angle of about 45 degrees,[68] leaving about one-eighth inch along the bottom edge to line the metals up with and to see whether they are in proper position. If the bar were to measure exactly forty-eight inches when finished it would be necessary to move these bars apart about one-sixteenth of an inch in order to provide for their contraction. It is assumed that the weight of the bars would be sufficient to prevent their pushing apart when the line of the weld is brought to a molten state and that[69] the expansion will be taken care of within the weld. The bars after being lined up are ready for welding, but there are such things as filler-rods, flux and goggles that are necessary to have on hand before starting to work. It is well to have a few fire bricks, a little asbestos paper and a bucket of water convenient, in case these things are needed. The acetylene gas should then be turned on and ignited. A sufficient pressure should be passing through the regulator, when using a medium, or high-pressure apparatus, to cause the flame to leave the torch tip about twice the distance of the diameter of the orifice of that particular tip. Then turn on the oxygen until a neutral flame is obtained. On some torches it is necessary to make a second adjustment by turning on a little more acetylene gas and still more oxygen, until a goodly sized neutral flame results. Apply the flame to the pieces, so that the neutral flame will just lick the surface of the metal. Move the torch slowly forward and backward on each side of the “V” until the two edges are a dull red color, or better still a bright cherry red, then hold the torch stationary until the metal in the “V” nearest to the operator commences to melt. Then bring the filler-rod end in contact with the flame to get it heated and plunge it into the flux which should be near at hand. Enough flux will adhere to break up the oxides and by placing the rod between the flame and the metal, enough flux will be introduced to allow fusing of the metal. Proceed in this manner until the metal in the bottom of the “V” is properly fused throughout its length. Do not add the filler-rod, up to this point unless necessary. In holding the flame, see that the preheating flame will heat the parts yet to be welded. The weld should be made away from the operator. After the metals along the bottom have united and a good foundation has been obtained, then start the weld at the beginning once more, working the flame across the piece, in the same manner as[70] before; bringing the metal to the molten state and stirring the filler-rod in it. As the filler-rod melts, the amount of molten metal naturally increases and the flame is moved along the weld as fast as the metal is added. It is important that the metal is in a molten condition. It is almost impossible to get too much heat on this type of work. Build up the weld slightly higher than the original piece. It may be found in finishing up the corners that the velocity of the gases or the force of the flame will be sufficient to blow the melted metal away. This may be overcome by directing the flame at a different angle, and will cause no difficulty after a little practice. Trouble, too, may be experienced on thin cast-iron sections by having the metal collapse through the force of the flame, but this can be remedied in the same manner. While the weld is still in a heated condition, it is possible to finish it by scraping the surplus metal off with the side of the filler-rod, the chill of which has been taken off before it is allowed to come in contact with the molten metal. Another popular method that will produce even better results is to use a very heavy rasp file to bring the weld down to the measurements desired. During all of the previous operations the flame never leaves the line of weld. When the weld is completed, the torch is shut down by turning off the oxygen first, and then the acetylene, and the welded bar is covered up to prevent its cooling too rapidly.

(77) As a specific example of a simple welding operation, let’s look at two cast-iron bars, each measuring one by six inches and twenty-four inches long, that need to be welded end to end. To start, you'll need to "V" off the ends to be joined at about a 45-degree angle,[68] leaving about one-eighth inch along the bottom edge for alignment and to check if they're properly positioned. If the final length of the bar is supposed to be exactly forty-eight inches, you'll need to space the bars apart about one-sixteenth of an inch to account for their contraction. It's assumed that the weight of the bars will keep them from pushing apart once the weld line is heated to a molten state, and that expansion will be managed within the weld. After aligning the bars, they are ready for welding, but you’ll need filler rods, flux, and goggles on hand before you begin. It’s also good to keep a few fire bricks, some asbestos paper, and a bucket of water nearby, just in case. Then, turn on the acetylene gas and ignite it. Make sure there's sufficient pressure flowing through the regulator. If using medium or high-pressure equipment, the flame should extend about twice the diameter of the tip orifice. Next, turn on the oxygen until you achieve a neutral flame. Some torches may require a second adjustment by adding a bit more acetylene and oxygen until a good-sized neutral flame forms. Apply the flame so the neutral flame barely touches the metal surface. Move the torch slowly back and forth on both sides of the "V" until the edges turn a dull red, or ideally a bright cherry red, then hold the torch steady until the metal in the "V" closest to you starts to melt. Bring the end of the filler rod into the flame to heat it, then dip it into the flux nearby. Enough flux will stick to break up the oxides, and by placing the rod between the flame and the metal, you'll introduce enough flux to allow the metal to fuse. Continue this process until the metal at the bottom of the "V" is nicely fused throughout. Don’t add the filler rod at this point unless it’s necessary. While holding the flame, ensure the preheating flame heats the parts that still need to be welded. Make the weld away from yourself. Once the metals at the bottom have fused together and a solid foundation is formed, start the weld over again, moving the flame across the piece just like before; bringing the metal to a molten state and stirring the filler rod within it. As the filler rod melts, the amount of molten metal naturally increases, and the flame moves along the weld as quickly as metal is added. It's crucial to keep the metal molten. You can’t really apply too much heat with this kind of work. Build up the weld slightly higher than the original piece. When finishing the corners, you might find that the force of the flame is strong enough to blow the melted metal away; this can be managed by directing the flame at a different angle, and it shouldn't cause any issues after some practice. You might also face challenges with thin cast-iron sections where the metal collapses due to the flame's force, but this too can be resolved in the same way. While the weld is still hot, you can finish it by scraping off the excess metal with the side of the filler rod, which should be warmed before it touches the molten metal. Another effective method is to use a heavy rasp file to grind the weld down to the desired measurements. Throughout it all, the flame should never leave the weld line. Once the weld is complete, turn off the torch by shutting off the oxygen first, followed by the acetylene, and cover the welded bar to prevent it from cooling too quickly.

Part Three.—WELDING OF CAST IRON

(78) Problems in expansion and contraction should not be difficult, if it is remembered that heat causes expansion and the withdrawal of heat, or cooling causes contraction. As previously stated, when the ends of the pieces which are being welded are free to move, there is not much danger of having contraction strains set up. Where the ends are confined,[71] measures must be taken to overcome this. In welding large pulley wheels, for example, it may be advisable to do the job without taking time to preheat. Breaks may be in evidence at any part of the wheel and generally the ends are confined, such as in the case of a spoke. If it is borne in mind that the expansion will take care of itself, the contraction is the only consideration, in a case of this kind. The welder will see that if he can spring the edges apart a sufficient amount to provide for the spoke coming back to normal when welded, he will have no difficulty. The way to proceed in a case of this kind would be to open the rim by sawing it and then introduce a jack or some sort of a wedge between the hub and the rim. This will open the crack in the spoke the amount desired. As soon as the weld is executed and while still hot, the jack is removed to permit the rim being drawn in. Later the rim can be welded, by introducing jacks between the spokes and the same procedure followed. It always must be remembered that provision must be made for the contraction, even though it be only one thirty-second or one-sixteenth of an inch. The distance will depend entirely upon the welder, as some operators use small tips and cover a small area, while others employ larger tips and cover twice the area. It is therefore impossible to set any specific distance and each welder should try to figure this out for himself.

(78) Problems with expansion and contraction shouldn't be too hard to handle if you remember that heat causes expansion and cooling leads to contraction. As mentioned before, when the ends of the pieces being welded can move freely, there's not much risk of creating contraction strains. However, when the ends are restricted,[71] steps must be taken to address this. For example, when welding large pulley wheels, it might be better to skip preheating. Cracks can appear anywhere on the wheel, and usually, the ends are fixed, like in the case of a spoke. If you keep in mind that the expansion will manage itself, then contraction is the main thing to focus on. The welder should make sure that if he can separate the edges enough to allow the spoke to return to normal after welding, he won't run into problems. To do this, the recommended approach is to saw open the rim and then wedge a jack or similar tool between the hub and the rim. This will create the needed gap in the spoke. Once the weld is done and while it's still hot, the jack is removed to allow the rim to be pulled in. Later, the rim can be welded by placing jacks between the spokes and following the same procedure. It's crucial to remember that space must be allowed for contraction, even if it's just one thirty-second or one-sixteenth of an inch. The amount will depend entirely on the welder, as some use smaller tips and cover a smaller area, while others use larger tips and cover twice as much. Therefore, it's impossible to determine a specific distance, and each welder should figure this out for themselves.

(Courtesy of Torchweld Equipment Co.)

(Courtesy of Torchweld Equipment Co.)

Fig. 50.—Large Cast-iron Gear Wheels. Although the Face on These Gears Measured 10 Inches, New Teeth were Added by Blanking In, as Shown in the Right-hand View, and Later Machined.

Fig. 50.—Large Cast-iron Gear Wheels. Even though the face on these gears measured 10 inches, new teeth were added by blanking in, as shown in the right-hand view, and later machined.

(79) There are many jobs not of a preheating nature that at times cause perplexity on the part of the welder. A good example of this is a cast-iron gear wheel. A number of its teeth have been broken out. Now there are three very common ways of building up or repairing such castings. First by aid of carbon blocks, cut to form and the teeth cast in by the use of the torch; second, by blanking in the space between the teeth and then sawing out the individual tooth or cutting it out with a milling machine or shaper; third, by[72] building up each tooth with the welding rod and torch, and later dressing it down with a file. One very important point must be uppermost, when dental work on gears is being done, a good foundation is necessary, for regardless of how well the tooth may be shaped, if it is not firmly secured to the wheel itself, it will be of very little value. Another very important point is in the finishing of such gears, to see that the teeth which have been added correspond in the pitch and mesh exactly as the others do. The importance of seeing that things of this nature are machined correctly should not require mention, but it has often been found that machinists are very careless about finishing this kind of work and if[73] anything goes wrong, the welder is naturally at fault. Therefore it is always well to put the gears which have been welded back into place and turn them over slowly by hand to see that they are in good condition before the power is turned on. In allowing this kind of work to cool after it has been welded, some operators permit it to be hurried, with the result that there may be hard spots to confront the machinist when finishing. If he ruins one or two of his cutters he will naturally frown upon all welding work. It is therefore desirable for this and many other reasons to have the weld come out as[74] soft as possible, and great care should be exercised in cooling. Any weld that is subjected to machining, allow it to cool slowly in slack lime, in ashes, or cover it securely with asbestos paper. Occasionally it may be found difficult to find sections of carbon blocks which will take care of a job of this kind. Many welders who have had to run around the country, and do jobs in isolated places, have found that the carbon centers, from the ordinary dry cell batteries, which may be found practically everywhere in a discarded condition, can be shaped on an emery wheel and patched together in a manner that will permit their use. However, when such are used, it is quite necessary that they be heated a little with a torch beforehand, in order to drive out any chemicals or acids that may be contained in them. Unless these chemicals are removed, the molten metal coming in direct contact with them might be injured to a considerable extent.

(79) There are many jobs that don't require preheating and can sometimes confuse the welder. A good example is a cast-iron gear wheel with several broken teeth. There are three common methods for repairing such castings. First, by using carbon blocks shaped to form and the teeth molded in with a torch; second, by filling in the gaps between the teeth and then cutting out each tooth with a saw or milling machine; third, by building up each tooth with a welding rod and torch, and then filing it down to shape. One very important point to keep in mind when working on gears is that a solid foundation is necessary. No matter how well the tooth is shaped, if it isn't securely attached to the wheel, it won't be useful. Another crucial aspect is ensuring that the added teeth match the pitch and mesh correctly with the others. It shouldn't be necessary to emphasize the importance of machining this type of work accurately, but it's often the case that machinists are careless when finishing it. If anything goes wrong, the welder is typically blamed. Therefore, it's wise to put the welded gears back in place and slowly turn them by hand to check their condition before engaging the power. When allowing this kind of work to cool after welding, some operators rush the process, which can lead to hard spots that the machinist will have to deal with later. If he damages his tools, he will understandably develop a negative attitude toward all welding work. For this reason and many others, it's best for the weld to turn out as soft as possible, which requires careful cooling. Any weld that will undergo machining should be allowed to cool slowly in slack lime, ashes, or covered securely with asbestos paper. It can sometimes be challenging to find suitable carbon blocks for this type of job. Many welders who have traveled to remote locations have discovered that carbon centers from ordinary dry cell batteries, commonly found in discarded form, can be shaped on an emery wheel and assembled in a way that makes them usable. However, when using these, it's essential to heat them slightly with a torch beforehand to eliminate any chemicals or acids they may contain. If these chemicals aren't removed, the molten metal that contacts them could be significantly harmed.

(Courtesy of the Oxweld Acetylene Co.)

Courtesy of the Oxweld Acetylene Co.

Fig. 51.—This View Shows new Teeth being Welded in an 8¹⁄₂-ft. Cast-iron Gear, Weighing over 5 Tons. Note the Improvised Preheating Oven.

Fig. 51.—This image shows new teeth being welded onto an 8½-ft cast-iron gear that weighs over 5 tons. Check out the makeshift preheating oven.

(80) Ofttimes there are castings upon which parts wear off in a very short time. There may be very little strain upon these parts, yet the constant wear will weaken them in time. It is well to remember the action of a carbonizing flame when executing work of this kind. Introduce an excess of acetylene when finishing up the work. It will be found that with a strongly carbonizing flame, carbon will be taken up by the molten metal and the finished weld will be considerably harder and will wear longer than if it were executed by a neutral flame. An abrupt cooling will chill the metal on the surface and make it wear longer than it would otherwise.

(80) Often, there are castings where parts wear down in a very short time. There may be little stress on these parts, yet the constant wear will weaken them over time. It's important to consider the effect of a carbonizing flame when doing this kind of work. Use an excess of acetylene when finishing up the work. You’ll find that with a strongly carbonizing flame, carbon will be absorbed by the molten metal, and the finished weld will be much harder and will last longer than if done with a neutral flame. Quick cooling will chill the metal on the surface and help it wear longer than it would otherwise.

[75]

[75]

Part 4.—WELDING OF CAST IRON

(Courtesy of Ben K. Smith, U. S. Welding Co.)

(Courtesy of Ben K. Smith, U. S. Welding Co.)

Fig. 52.—View of Locomotive Cylinder with Three Jackets 3 Inches Thick. This job weighed over 16 Tons and Required Fifty-six Hours of Welding.

Fig. 52.—View of Locomotive Cylinder with Three Jackets 3 Inches Thick. This job weighed more than 16 tons and took fifty-six hours of welding.

(Courtesy of Torchweld Equipment Co.)

(Courtesy of Torchweld Equipment Co.)

Fig. 53.—Various Types of Cylinders before and after Welding.

Fig. 53.—Different Types of Cylinders before and after Welding.

(81) The true index as to the success of a weld will depend entirely upon the finished job. If it is usable, i.e., if it can be put back into service again and give satisfaction, it may be considered a successful weld. If a piece were to be warped, distorted, contain hard spots which could not be machined, or have internal strains, which would not make it safe for use (such as fly-wheels), it could not then be considered satisfactory and it would be only wasted energy. Perhaps one of the most common jobs in the ordinary commercial shop, and one which is the most abused, is the common cast-iron cylinder block found on the gasoline engine. This is so constructed that there are two walls of metal, very thinly cast; the innermost being the cylinder wall, and the outermost[76] a water-jacket. The cylinder wall is machined very accurately to accommodate pistons moving at a very rapid rate, up and down and yet holding compression. The upper part of the cylinder is called the head, and generally has two or more valve seats which must be in alignment with the valve guides to make an airtight seat for the valves. Now this water-jacket is usually very thin, perhaps three-sixteenths to one-quarter inch in thickness, and when there are two, three, four, or more cylinders cast in one block, there are bound to be internal strains set up in casting within the piece itself. These strains are removed to a large extent by baking the rough casting before machining. Generally there are some strains left in every cylinder block of this nature. If the water in the water-jacket freezes or some other force comes in contact with the thin castings which constitute a block, the metal will give way at its weakest point, and the welder is usually called upon to repair it. At times these cracks are exceedingly small and the temptation is to braze or attempt to weld the small portions. However, as soon as there is heat introduced into the water-jacket and not into the cylinder wall, there are certain to be strains set up which, if sufficient, will distort the cylinder and make it useless unless it is rebored. The sooner welders realize that work of this nature must be preheated throughout, to a point as near melting as they can approach without causing the metal to scale, before any welding is attempted, the better success will be obtained in these lines. It is quite necessary to line up the work well, so that it will not sag when heated. It is best to heat very slowly and cool in the same manner to insure the best results. There are many preheating agencies, such as oil-ovens, preheating torches and the like, but about the best and most reliable agent known is charcoal, which heats up very gradually, makes a good even fire and dies down slowly which is the manner[77-
78]
desired. Occasionally cracks will be found in the combustion head of the cylinder. It is very difficult to get the torch down inside the cylinder to execute this weld unless the operator has a special torch for this purpose. Even then it is difficult to keep the torch lighted when working over a newly made charcoal fire. For this reason, other means must be used when working on a job of this kind. First the crack is accurately located, then a piece is cut out of the water-jacket just over the crack by means of a chisel, hack-saw or drill press. Never attempt to remove a piece of this nature with the flame, for the introduction of heat may distort the piece at this time. “V” out the crack in the combustion head and scrape off as much of the brown oxide and dirt formation as possible. It is well to clean off more than needed and to even “V” out the crack a greater distance than is thought necessary. This will insure a good weld being made in one operation. The cylinder is then preheated with the crack uppermost so that welding can be executed with the least possible difficulty. While preheating is taking place it is well to tack the small section of the water-jacket which has been removed, to the end of the filler-rod, and place it too, in the preheating oven, with the end of the filler-rod projecting so that it will be available whenever needed. When the cylinder is red hot the weld should be executed; particular attention being given to see that each part of the metal is actually fused to prevent any leaks occurring later. As a rule the welder can tell when he has made a successful weld by observing the flow of his metal, and it will not be necessary for him to test out this cylinder weld before adding the water-jacket. The piece of the water-jacket is then replaced; it can be very easily handled by means of the filler-rod which has been tacked on. Weld this section securely in place and cover the piece of work with asbestos paper and permit it to cool with the dying fire. When cold, all port[79] holes in the water-jacket should be closed and the cylinder tested for leaks. This can be done by introducing water into the water-jacket and applying about fifteen pounds of air pressure. Wet spots will appear if there are any leaks. If the cylinder is found tight it should be polished, then oiled, and the outside given a coat of filler or painted to make it presentable. Work is generally very much discolored when coming out of the fire. A simple device for polishing the cylinder bore may be made by turning out a hardwood block about three inches long and a little less in diameter than the size of the piston. This should be split as shown in Fig. 54, and[80] wrapped with very fine emery cloth, then put into the cylinder and a wedge placed between the two halves. Spread them apart so they will come in contact with the cylinder wall on all sides. A screwdriver may be used for this purpose if necessary. By screwing this into the cylinder its full depth, with the aid of a little oil, a very highly polished surface may be obtained.

(81) The real measure of a weld's success depends entirely on the finished product. If it’s usable—that is, if it can be put back into service and is satisfactory—it can be considered a successful weld. However, if a piece is warped, distorted, has hard spots that can’t be machined, or has internal strains making it unsafe for use (like with flywheels), it can't be deemed satisfactory and would just be a waste of effort. One of the most common jobs in a regular commercial shop, and one that's often mishandled, is the typical cast-iron cylinder block found in gasoline engines. This part has two thin walls of metal; the inner wall serves as the cylinder wall while the outer wall acts as a water jacket. The cylinder wall needs to be machined precisely to fit pistons that move rapidly up and down while maintaining compression. The top of the cylinder is called the head and usually has two or more valve seats which must align with the valve guides to ensure an airtight seal for the valves. The water jacket is typically very thin, around three-sixteenths to one-quarter inch thick, and when there are multiple cylinders cast in one block, internal strains are bound to form during the casting process. These strains are mostly alleviated by baking the rough casting before machining. Generally, some strains remain present in every cylinder block of this type. If the water in the jacket freezes or if any other force interacts with the fragile castings of the block, the metal will fail at its weakest point, leading to the welder being called to repair it. Sometimes these cracks are exceedingly small, tempting the welder to braze or attempt to weld the tiny sections. However, introducing heat into the water jacket, rather than the cylinder wall, is sure to create strains that can warp the cylinder, making it unusable unless it's rebored. The sooner welders understand that this type of work must be preheated evenly, approaching a temperature just shy of melting without causing the metal to scale, before any welding begins, the more successful they will be. It’s essential to align the work properly so it won’t sag when heated. Heating should be done slowly and cooling should be managed in the same gradual way to ensure the best results. Various preheating methods exist, including oil ovens and preheating torches, but charcoal is often the most effective and reliable source, as it heats up gradually, produces an even flame, and burns down slowly, which is the ideal method.[76] Occasionally, cracks will appear in the combustion head of the cylinder. It’s quite challenging to position the torch inside the cylinder for this weld unless the welder has a special torch for that purpose. Even then, it's hard to keep the flame lit over a newly started charcoal fire. For this reason, alternative methods are necessary for such jobs. First, accurately locate the crack, then cut out a section of the water jacket just above the crack using a chisel, hacksaw, or drill press. Never try to remove a piece like this using the flame, as introducing heat may distort the area. Create a “V” shape around the crack in the combustion head and clean off as much of the brown oxide and dirt as possible. It’s wise to clean off more than necessary, spreading the “V” shape a bit further than seems needed. This ensures a good weld is made in one go. Then preheat the cylinder with the crack facing up to make welding as easy as possible. While preheating, it’s a good idea to tack the small section of the water jacket that was removed to the end of the filler rod and place it in the preheating oven, with the filler rod’s end sticking out for easy access when needed. Once the cylinder is red hot, the weld should be performed; special care should be taken to ensure that every part of the metal fuses well to prevent future leaks. Typically, a welder can tell when the weld has been successfully made by observing the flow of the metal, and there’s often no need to test the cylinder weld before reattaching the water jacket. The removed water jacket piece is then replaced; it can be easily handled with the filler rod that was tacked on. Secure this section in place through welding and cover the work area with asbestos paper, allowing it to cool gradually with the dying fire. Once it’s cold, all ports in the water jacket should be sealed, and the cylinder should be checked for leaks. This can be done by filling the water jacket with water and applying about fifteen pounds of air pressure. If there are any leaks, wet spots will form. If the cylinder holds tight, it should be polished, oiled, and the exterior given a coat of filler or paint to make it look good. Work usually comes out of the fire quite discolored. A simple tool for polishing the cylinder bore can be made by carving out a hardwood block about three inches long and slightly smaller in diameter than the piston size. This should be split as shown in Fig. 54, and[80] wrapped in very fine emery cloth before being placed into the cylinder. A wedge can be inserted between the two halves to spread them apart so they contact the cylinder wall evenly. If necessary, a screwdriver may be used for this task. By inserting this into the cylinder to its full depth, along with some oil, a highly polished surface can be achieved.

Fig. 54.—Suggested Method of Polishing Cylinder Walls of Cast-iron Cylinder Block after it has been Preheated.

Fig. 54.—Proposed Method for Polishing Cylinder Walls of Cast-Iron Cylinder Block After It Has Been Preheated.

Fig. 55.—Cast-iron Cylinder Block with Part Broken Off.

Fig. 55.—Cast-iron Cylinder Block with a Part Broken Off.

Fig. 56.—Showing how Broken Part on Cast-iron Block should be Lined up before Welding. Position Greatly Exaggerated.

Fig. 56.—Showing how the Broken Part on the Cast-iron Block should be Aligned before Welding. Position Significantly Exaggerated.

 

(82) Another cylinder block job that generally causes more confusion than is necessary is brought about when welding on small lugs, such as shown in Fig. 55. When welding these lugs on from the outside only, they generally warp upwards in cooling and it is either necessary to build up the bottom side of this lug or to machine off the entire face in order to have the end square. This can easily be overcome by permitting the lug to sag before welding and then dress off the small portion that continues to sag, after it is welded, rather than face off the whole surface. See Fig. 56.

(82) Another cylinder block task that often creates more confusion than needed happens when welding small lugs, like the ones shown in Fig. 55. When these lugs are welded from the outside only, they tend to warp upwards as they cool, and it’s usually necessary to either build up the underside of the lug or machine off the entire face to make the end flat. This can be easily avoided by letting the lug sag before welding and then trimming off the small portion that continues to sag after it's welded, instead of machining the whole surface. See Fig. 56.


[81]

[81]

CHAPTER VII

Part One.—STEEL WELDING

(83) The term “steel,” as used in the following pages, unless otherwise specified, will be the term applied to wrought-iron and low-carbon steels. High-carbon and alloyed steels are to be considered only in advanced work and will therefore not be deemed a topic of interest to the beginner in laying his foundation.

(83) The term “steel” in the following pages, unless stated otherwise, refers to wrought iron and low-carbon steels. High-carbon and alloyed steels will only be discussed in advanced work and are not relevant for beginners who are starting to build their foundation.

(84) The welding of steel is much more difficult than cast iron on account of the many points which must be observed. In cast iron the metal is brought to a molten state and may be worked in that condition for some time without any apparent change in the characteristics of the metal. A flux is used to break up the oxide or scale and the metal will flow very easily. The flux is necessary because the oxide has a higher melting-point than the iron itself. When working on steel, it will be observed that just the reverse is true, that its oxide has a lower melting-point than the steel and consequently no flux or cleaning powder is necessary when working upon it.

(84) Welding steel is much more challenging than welding cast iron because of the many factors that need to be considered. In cast iron, the metal is melted and can be worked in that state for a while without any noticeable change in its properties. A flux is used to break up the oxide or scale, allowing the metal to flow easily. The flux is essential because the oxide melts at a higher temperature than the iron itself. When working with steel, it's the opposite; its oxide has a lower melting point than the steel, so no flux or cleaning powder is needed during the process.

(85) A large quantity of steel kept in a molten condition by the flame acting upon it is very easily influenced. The same area is not kept in a molten condition as with cast iron. The heat does not hold to the vicinity of the weld nearly so much as in cast iron because of the greater conductivity of the metal. If the flame is removed, the molten metal will set almost immediately. This means that the flame must be in contact with the metal at all times. It must be a strictly neutral flame or else one of the two gases will be introduced[82] into the weld and its strength will be materially affected. The size of this flame must be such that too great an area will not be covered, yet enough must be covered to keep the metal along the line of the weld in a molten condition. If a carbonizing flame is used, one which has an excess of acetylene, such as was shown in Fig. 23, much carbon will be taken up by the metal, producing a brittle weld. If the flame is oxidizing, that is, contains an excess of oxygen which is noticed by the shortening of the flame and an accompanying hissing sound, Fig. 25, the metal will burn and a white foam will appear on the weld like a milky white glue. This tends to weaken the weld. This same effect will be in evidence if too large a tip is used. On the other hand if the tip is too small not enough heat is obtained and the oxides and other impurities which may be present will not be allowed to float to the surface but will be trapped in the weld.

(85) A large amount of steel kept molten by the flame is very easy to manipulate. The same area isn't kept molten like cast iron. The heat doesn’t stay around the weld as much as it does with cast iron because of the metal's higher conductivity. If the flame is taken away, the molten metal will solidify almost instantly. This means the flame has to be in constant contact with the metal. It must be a strictly neutral flame; otherwise, one of the gases will mix into the weld, significantly affecting its strength. The size of this flame should be such that it doesn’t cover too large an area, but it must cover enough to keep the metal along the weld line molten. If a carbonizing flame is used—one with too much acetylene, as shown in Fig. 23—a lot of carbon will be absorbed by the metal, making the weld brittle. If the flame is oxidizing, meaning it has too much oxygen resulting in a shorter flame and a hissing noise, Fig. 25, the metal will burn and a white foam will form on the weld like milky glue. This weakens the weld. The same effect will occur if the tip is too large. Conversely, if the tip is too small, not enough heat will be generated, and any oxides and other impurities won’t rise to the surface but will get trapped in the weld.

(86) The filler-rod used on steel should be as near the same grade, if not better than the metal to be welded and should be very low in its carbon content. A pure grade of soft iron wire or mild steel will make a very good filler-rod for ordinary purposes. The size of this filler-rod is very important, for it should fuse at the same time as the metal being worked upon, and unless it does this the weld will not be satisfactory. If the filler-rod is too large it will not be at the fusion point when the work is, and will not fuse with it. If the rod is brought to a melting-point the work will have too much heat and will burn. On the other hand, if the filler-rod is too small, it will burn up before the work is at the fusion point, or in other words, the work will still be too cold when the rod is melted.

(86) The filler rod used for steel should be as close to the same grade, if not better, than the metal being welded and should have very low carbon content. A pure grade of soft iron wire or mild steel makes a great filler rod for regular purposes. The size of this filler rod is very important because it should melt at the same time as the metal being worked on; if it doesn't, the weld won't be satisfactory. If the filler rod is too large, it won't be at the melting point when the work is and won't fuse with it. If the rod reaches the melting point, the work will get too hot and burn. Conversely, if the filler rod is too small, it will burn up before the work is at the melting point, meaning the work will still be too cold when the rod melts.

(87) There are many different methods of executing a steel weld, and it has been noted that very few experienced welders handle their steel in the same manner. Most of these methods are very difficult to learn and can be perfected only[83] after years of practice. However, a simple method which will produce results is thought the most advisable for the beginner. A careful examination and study of this point has brought out the following method, which is very easily picked up and which dispenses with most of the torch movements that are generally advocated by the old time welders.

(87) There are many different ways to do a steel weld, and it’s been observed that very few skilled welders handle their steel the same way. Most of these techniques are quite challenging to master and can only be perfected after years of practice. However, a straightforward method that produces good results is considered the best option for beginners. A close look and analysis of this issue have led to the following method, which is easy to learn and eliminates most of the torch movements that are typically recommended by traditional welders.

Fig. 57.—Preparing and Heating Steel before Welding.

Fig. 57.—Preparing and Heating Steel Before Welding.

(88) When welding two pieces of steel bars, the cross-section of which will measure one-half inch by three inches, they are beveled off and prepared in the manner illustrated in Fig. 57, either by means of a chisel, file, or by the use of a grinding wheel. About an eighth of an inch of the original stock is left on the bottom side and the angle formed from these two places when brought together, should be 90 degrees. When the pieces have been prepared and placed in the position shown in the illustration, the neutral flame is then brought down at right angles to the plane of the metal, so that the end of the cone will just lick the surface. It is moved up and down upon each side of the part to be welded until each piece is brought to a red heat, for a distance of at least one inch back. The position of the torch during this operation can be seen in Fig. 57. From this time on, the operator should work as rapidly as possible, for the quicker the fusion[84] of the metal is brought about, the less oxide or scale will appear and a better weld will result. The description of this process may take some length but the actual fusion not nearly so long.

(88) When welding two pieces of steel bars, with a cross-section of half an inch by three inches, they are beveled and prepared as shown in Fig. 57, using a chisel, file, or grinding wheel. About one-eighth of an inch of the original material is left on the bottom side, and the angle formed when the two pieces are joined together should be 90 degrees. Once the pieces are prepared and positioned as depicted in the illustration, the neutral flame is brought down at a right angle to the surface of the metal, so that the tip of the cone just touches the surface. The flame is moved up and down on each side of the area to be welded until each piece reaches a red heat for at least an inch back. The position of the torch during this process can be seen in Fig. 57. From this point on, the operator should work as quickly as possible, since faster fusion of the metal results in less oxide or scale and a better weld. Although this procedure may be described in detail, the actual fusion happens much more quickly.

Fig. 58.—In Welding Steel, the Beginner Should Fuse His Pieces together along the Bottom with the Torch Flame, Adding no New Metal. The Metal on Both Sides of the Torch Flame is Melted together until a Small Pool of Molten Metal Appears, then the Torch is Twisted Smartly away, as Shown by the Arrow, and the Metal Allowed to “Set” for an Instant before Proceeding along the Line of Weld.

Fig. 58.—When welding steel, beginners should join their pieces together at the bottom with the torch flame, without adding new metal. The metal on both sides of the torch flame will melt together until a small pool of molten metal forms. Then, the torch should be quickly twisted away, as indicated by the arrow, and the metal allowed to "set" for a moment before continuing along the weld line.

Fig. 59.—Method of Adding “Filler-rod” in Welding Steel. Note that the Rod is Worked behind the Flame.

Fig. 59.—How to Add a “Filler-rod” When Welding Steel. Note that the Rod is Worked Behind the Flame.

(89) When the red-hot stage is reached, the neutral flame is brought down to the very lowest part of the “V” at the side nearest the operator and held there until the metal has melted and is about to collapse. The flame is then quickly twisted away for just a second to let the metal set. Perhaps this operation will fuse about one-half inch or less along the bottom of the “V.” This same operation is repeated along the line of weld until the whole piece is fused along the bottom. It will be noted that no filler-rod has as yet been used. After the last portion has been fused, the flame is brought back to the starting-point and played not only on the bottom, which has already been fused, but on the sides of the “V” as well, bringing an area of about one inch in diameter to a molten condition. The tip of the welding torch is held in a vertical position all this time to introduce as much heat into[85] the weld as possible. During this operation the filler-rod, which should measure three-sixteenths or one-quarter inch in diameter, is picked up by the operator’s free hand and its end brought near the heat of the flame so that it may be warmed and will not chill the metal when introduced into the weld. When the melted metal is running freely, the tip of the welding torch is slowly inclined in the direction of the part to be welded and is advanced along the “V-ed” out portion at this angle as rapidly as the metal can be made to melt. This position is shown in Fig. 59. It will be noted that as the flame advances along the line of the weld the molten metal will mount up behind it of its own accord, providing the metal is in a molten condition, when the flame passes over it. During this period the filler-rod is stirred into the molten metal in a circular movement which should be in back of the torch as much as possible. This means that the torch comes in contact with the filler-rod but very little and the rod is melted, not by the flame, but by the molten metal of the piece being welded. It will be noticed at times, when too much metal has been welded and the torch is not advancing rapidly enough, that some of the molten metal will run ahead[86] of the flame, into that part of the “V” yet to be fused, and to the unwary student this will be looked upon as a safe place to add his filler-rod. However, when the piece is broken and the cross-section of the weld examined, it will be found that in this part of the weld, the metal has only been laid on and not fused. The beginner should watch this operation and see to it that this molten metal is not permitted to run ahead of his torch, an act which he can overcome by the proper manipulation of his filler-rod, which really governs all the melted metal behind the flame. If not enough metal has been added to fill in the “V” to the proper thickness, this operation can be repeated until enough metal has been added. By practicing this method the student can be taught to execute a very successful weld and reinforce it all in one operation without any chance of burning his filler-rod or lapping his metal. More practice is required to successfully weld steel than most other metals and the beginner should not be discouraged if it takes him some time to conquer this metal. It should be forcibly impressed on the student that the metal must be in a molten condition before the filler-rod is added, or else it will stick and prevent his working readily and in addition will produce a very faulty weld.[87] Fusion is the thing to bear in mind for without it success cannot be expected.

(89) When the metal is glowing red-hot, the neutral flame is lowered to the bottom of the “V” closest to the operator and held there until the metal melts and is about to sag. The flame is then quickly moved away for just a second to let the metal solidify. This process will fuse about half an inch or less along the bottom of the “V.” The same procedure is repeated along the weld line until the entire piece is fused at the bottom. It's important to note that no filler rod has been used yet. Once the last section has been fused, the flame is brought back to the starting point and directed not only at the bottom, which is already fused, but also at the sides of the “V,” creating an area about one inch in diameter that becomes molten. The tip of the welding torch is kept upright throughout this process to maximize the heat introduced into[85] the weld. During this time, the filler rod, which should be three-sixteenths or one-quarter inch in diameter, is picked up by the operator’s free hand and warmed near the flame to prevent it from chilling the metal when added to the weld. When the melted metal flows freely, the tip of the welding torch is slowly tilted towards the part being welded and moved along the “V-ed” area at an angle as quickly as the metal can be melted. This position is shown in Fig. 59. It's noted that as the flame moves along the weld line, the molten metal will build up behind it automatically, provided the metal is in a molten state when the flame passes over it. During this stage, the filler rod is stirred into the molten metal in a circular motion as much as possible behind the torch. This means that the torch only lightly contacts the filler rod, and the rod melts not from the flame, but from the molten metal of the piece being welded. Sometimes, when too much metal has been welded and the torch isn't moving fast enough, some molten metal will flow ahead of the flame into the un-fused part of the “V,” and a careless student might see this as a safe spot to add filler rod. However, when the piece is broken and the weld’s cross-section is examined, it will reveal that the metal in this area has only been added superficially and not fused. Newcomers should observe this carefully and ensure that molten metal does not get ahead of the torch; this can be managed by properly manipulating the filler rod, which controls all the melted metal behind the flame. If not enough metal has been added to fill the “V” to the right thickness, this operation can be repeated until sufficient metal is applied. By practicing this technique, students can learn to make a very effective weld and reinforce it all in one go without burning their filler rod or causing overlap in the metal. More practice is necessary to successfully weld steel compared to other metals, and beginners shouldn’t be disheartened if it takes time to master this particular material. It should be clearly emphasized to students that the metal must be molten before adding the filler rod; otherwise, it will stick, making work difficult and resulting in a poor weld.[87] Fusion is the key concept to remember because, without it, success cannot be achieved.

Fig. 60.—This Method of Adding the “Filler-rod” when Welding is not Recommended for the Beginner.

Fig. 60.—This method of adding the “filler rod” when welding is not recommended for beginners.

(90) While outside appearances should not be considered as a prime requisite, when beginning it is always well to add more metal than is really necessary in order to reinforce the weld as much as possible. It cannot be expected, however, that a steel with the same cross-section as the original will possess the same properties and be as strong, for a weld is only a casting unless treated otherwise and the steel or wrought iron used in the specimens is of rolled stock. If too much metal has been added and dressing down is necessary, the student will find that by using a slightly oxidizing flame the surplus metal can be burnt away very rapidly and a very good-looking job can be executed much more rapidly than if a neutral flame were used. It is well to remember, however, that this is used only in dressing off pieces and in places where the strength of the weld is not to be jeopardized.

(90) While outer appearances shouldn't be seen as the main requirement, it's always a good idea to add more metal than needed when starting out to strengthen the weld as much as possible. However, it's important to note that a steel piece with the same cross-section as the original won't have the same properties or strength because a weld is essentially a cast unless treated differently, and the steel or wrought iron used in the specimens comes from rolled stock. If too much metal has been added and smoothing it down is needed, the student will find that using a slightly oxidizing flame can quickly burn away the excess metal, and a much cleaner finish can be achieved faster than with a neutral flame. However, it's crucial to remember that this technique should only be used when dressing down pieces and in areas where the strength of the weld isn't compromised.

(91) When advancing in steel work, it will be noticed that the same provision for contraction and expansion is not considered in as great proportions as on cast iron, and the reason is quite evident. In cast iron we find the metal is very brittle and will not give without breaking, whereas on steel it is more ductile and will twist and bend before breaking. This does not mean, however, that the important points of expansion and contraction are to be neglected in steel work, for they are very important, as we shall see later on.

(91) As we progress in steel work, you'll notice that the considerations for contraction and expansion aren't as emphasized as they are with cast iron, and the reason is clear. Cast iron is quite brittle and will break without yielding, whereas steel is more ductile, allowing it to bend and twist before it breaks. However, this doesn't mean that we should ignore the crucial aspects of expansion and contraction in steel work, because they are still very significant, as we will discuss later.

Part Two.—STEEL WELDING

(92) It is still supposed that the beginner knows very little about the various kinds of metals, or methods of distinguishing between them. This is of great importance and should at once be overcome, as he will not at all times have someone over him to diagnose his case and tell him the proper procedure.[88] For instance, were he to be given a piece of cast steel to weld, thinking that it was cast iron, he would use a cast-iron filler-rod in executing his weld. The results of such a weld would not be very favorable, and the same would hold true if a steel filler-rod were used on cast iron. An occasional glance at the table in paragraph 67 will acquaint him with the various tests to make when deciding upon the nature of the piece to be worked upon. The tests should be applied in every doubtful instance. When working on cast steel, a student may think that he must have a cast-steel filler-rod, but this is an exception to the general rule and he can use the same style filler-rod as he would employ on ordinary steel work. It might be mentioned here that when working on alloyed and high-carbon steels, the filler-rod generally contains some of the alloy or carbon which will tend to replace that destroyed by the action of the flame in the original metal.

(92) It's still assumed that beginners know very little about the different types of metals or how to tell them apart. This is really important and should be addressed right away, as they won't always have someone around to evaluate their situation and advise them on the correct procedure.[88] For example, if they are given a piece of cast steel to weld, mistakenly thinking it's cast iron, they would use a cast-iron filler rod for the weld. The outcome of that weld is likely to be poor, and the same goes for using a steel filler rod on cast iron. Occasionally checking the table in paragraph 67 will help them learn the different tests to perform when determining the type of metal they're working with. These tests should be carried out whenever there’s any uncertainty. When working with cast steel, a student might think they need a cast-steel filler rod, but that's an exception to the general rule, and they can actually use the same type of filler rod as they would for regular steel work. It's worth mentioning that when working with alloyed and high-carbon steels, the filler rod usually contains some of the alloy or carbon to help replace what's lost due to the flame's effect on the original metal.

(93) In welding cast steel the same procedure takes place as previously described for steel, and it should present no real difficulties after that process is understood. There may be more sand, oxide and other impurities present on account of the nature of the metal, but these can all be worked out if plenty of heat is applied. At times, when working in steel, it will be found that there may be a small hole develop in the center of the weld and as the torch is worked into this hole it is found that it goes down a short distance and seemingly refuses to be worked out. This is what most welders call a “crater,” and is caused by the metal at the bottom not being hot enough for the surrounding melted metal to fuse it. When found they should be removed before adding any more metal. By playing the torch flame around and around it, so that the heat may be transmitted to the bottom of the “crater” and it brought to the melting-point like the surrounding metal and suddenly jerking the torch away,[89] it will disappear. “Craters” are generally formed during the first part of the weld, especially if the “V” is narrow, and they are hard to handle when deep. Under no circumstances should the filler-rod be melted into them in trying to make them disappear, as this will only mean covering them over.

(93) When welding cast steel, the same process is used as described for steel earlier, and it shouldn't be too difficult once you understand it. There may be more sand, oxide, and other impurities due to the nature of the metal, but these can all be eliminated with enough heat. Sometimes, when working with steel, a small hole may develop in the center of the weld. When the torch is directed into this hole, it often goes down a bit and seems resistant to being worked out. Most welders refer to this as a “crater,” which occurs because the metal at the bottom isn't hot enough for the melted metal around it to fuse. These should be removed before adding any more metal. By moving the torch flame around the crater, you can transfer heat to the bottom until it reaches the melting point like the surrounding metal, then quickly pulling the torch away, it will disappear. “Craters” typically form during the early stages of the weld, especially if the “V” is narrow, and they become difficult to manage when deep. Under no circumstances should the filler rod be melted into these craters in an attempt to eliminate them, as this will only cover them up.

(94) Some welders find that hard spots develop in their welds which they have difficulty in overcoming, and it is a very serious handicap when the weld is to be machined, for ofttimes it will break very expensive tools and leave a portion of a drill or die broken off in the metal. It is probably safe to say that the principal cause of hard spots in steel welds is due to lack of heat. This, if given careful thought and consideration, will be brought home forcibly to the welder as he proceeds in his work, for the lapping of metals, trapping of oxides, “craters,” too rapid cooling, etc., may all be directly attributed to a lack of sufficient heat. If the metal is in a molten state, all impurities will be brought to the surface, for they are bound to be displaced by the weight of the metal, the same as corks in a barrel will float to the top if water is introduced. The water in this case has a greater specific gravity than the corks.

(94) Some welders notice that hard spots form in their welds, which they find challenging to deal with, and this is a significant drawback when the weld needs machining, as it often breaks very expensive tools and can leave parts of a drill or die stuck in the metal. It's probably fair to say that the main cause of hard spots in steel welds is insufficient heat. If the welder reflects on this carefully, it will become clear during their work, as the overlapping of metals, trapping of oxides, “craters,” rapid cooling, and so on, can all be traced back to not having enough heat. When the metal is molten, all impurities rise to the surface, as they are pushed away by the weight of the metal, similar to how corks float to the top of a barrel when water is added. In this case, the water has a higher specific gravity than the corks.

Fig. 61.—The Open Ends on long Steel Welds will Overlap as the Welding Progresses if Improperly Started.

Fig. 61.—The open ends on long steel welds will overlap as the welding progresses if started improperly.

Fig. 62.—Showing how Open Ends of Steel pieces are Spread Slightly to Overcome Lapping of Ends in Making Weld.

Fig. 62.—Demonstrating how the open ends of steel pieces are slightly spread to prevent overlapping of the ends when creating a weld.

(95) In welding on sheet iron and steel, many operators will find that they have more difficulty in executing a successful weld than on slightly heavier work. This is no doubt due to the thin nature of the work and the ease with which it may be burned or carbonized if the operator is not alert. When working on such material a very small filler-rod is used if thought necessary but this rod must be as free from impurities as possible. When working on a long seam such as may be encountered on a steel tank, it will be noticed that in welding from one end along the seam that the metal ahead of the flame will tend to overlap as shown in Fig. 61. This may be overcome by tacking (that is, fusing[90] the metals together), at various points before starting the weld, or the parts ahead of the torch can be separated as is shown in Fig. 62 and held this way by using a wedge. This is moved along as the weld advances and permits the edges to close together. Another method used by manufacturers who make a specialty of this work is to construct a jig which clamps the ends rigidly and they are welded while in this position. This phenomenon in steel welding will appear rather strange to the welder who has had some experience on thin cast-iron work, such as oven doors and the like. In these he found that as his weld advanced, the welded portion before him would separate, and when he had welded about[91] four inches or so it would be necessary for him to jump his flame back to the beginning of his weld and heat up that portion, in order to close up the cracks before him previous to his continuing the work. This is illustrated in Fig. 63. This may be explained by the fact that steel is a very ductile metal and when it is fused, the expansion is taken care of internally by the two edges combining. Then, in cooling, the metal contracts, an action much more rapid in steel than in cast iron, and draws the edges of the steel plates past each other so that they overlap. In cast iron, which is rigid, the edges are expanded by the fusion of the metal and this space is then filled up with new metal, holding the edges apart. As the weld progresses the metal ahead of the torch is pushing out, and that behind is cooling off, which acts as a lever on each side to open up the unwelded ends.

(95) When welding on sheet iron and steel, many operators often find it harder to make a successful weld compared to working with slightly heavier materials. This is likely due to the thinness of the material, which makes it easy to burn or carbonize if the operator isn't careful. When working with such thin materials, a very small filler rod is used if necessary, but it should be as free from impurities as possible. For long seams, like those found on a steel tank, it becomes apparent that as the welder works from one end along the seam, the metal in front of the flame can tend to overlap, as shown in Fig. 61. This can be addressed by tacking (fusing the metals together) at various points before starting the weld, or by separating the parts ahead of the torch, as shown in Fig. 62, and holding them apart with a wedge. This wedge is moved along with the weld, allowing the edges to come together. Another technique used by manufacturers specializing in this type of work is to create a jig that holds the ends firmly in place while they are welded. This behavior in steel welding might seem odd to a welder experienced with thin cast-iron work, such as oven doors. In those cases, the welded area would separate as the weld progressed, and after welding about four inches or so, the welder would need to return the flame to the start of the weld to heat that area and close any cracks before continuing. This is illustrated in Fig. 63. This can be explained by the fact that steel is a very ductile metal; when it melts, the expansion is managed internally as the two edges merge. As it cools, the metal contracts—a process that happens much faster in steel than in cast iron—pulling the edges of the steel plates past each other, leading to overlap. In contrast, cast iron, being rigid, causes the edges to expand when melted, and this space is filled with new metal, keeping the edges apart. As the weld moves forward, the metal ahead of the torch pushes out, while the metal behind cools down, creating a lever effect on both sides that opens the unwelded ends.

Fig. 63.—This Illustration Shows how the Open Ends of Thin Cast-iron Pieces Spread apart as the Weld Progresses. To Close the Edges together, Jump the Torch Flame from B to A; as A heats up, B Cools and the Lever-like Action Closes the Opening.

Fig. 63.—This illustration shows how the open ends of thin cast-iron pieces spread apart as the weld progresses. To bring the edges together, jump the torch flame from B to A; as A heats up, B cools, and the lever-like action closes the gap.

(96) To weld a broken automobile frame successfully the body of the car should be raised if necessary, to keep it from burning and all pipes, wires and gasoline leads protected with a covering of asbestos paper. Plenty of room should be allowed, so that the welder may have easy access to the break, and the frame should be jacked up on both sides[92] of the break until the frame is in proper alignment. Then weld the crack from the outside, working across the top, then down the side and across the bottom, reinforcing a little if necessary on all sides but the bottom. Then repeat this operation on the inside, reinforcing at all points. Then take a strip of steel about one-eighth or one-quarter inch thick and six or eight inches long and as wide as the bottom of the frame. This piece should be welded securely to the bottom of the frame with the former break in the middle of the strip. A cut representing this job is shown in Fig. 64. By this method the frame can be made stronger than originally.

(96) To successfully weld a broken car frame, you should lift the body of the car if needed to prevent burning, and protect all pipes, wires, and gas lines with asbestos paper. Make sure there's enough space so the welder can easily reach the break, and jack up the frame on both sides of the break until it’s properly aligned. Then, weld the crack from the outside, starting at the top, moving down the side, and across the bottom, reinforcing a bit if needed on all sides except the bottom. Next, repeat this on the inside, adding reinforcement at all points. After that, take a strip of steel about an eighth to a quarter of an inch thick and six to eight inches long, matching the width of the bottom of the frame. This piece should be welded securely to the bottom of the frame, with the original break in the middle of the strip. A cut showing this job is shown in Fig. 64. This method can make the frame stronger than it was originally.

Fig. 64.—A Good Method of Reinforcing a Weld on an Automobile Frame is Here Shown. The Patch as Pictured Here is only “Tacked On.” It Should be Welded Securely to the Bottom of the Frame on all Four of its Edges.

Fig. 64.—This shows a good way to strengthen a weld on an automobile frame. The patch shown here is only “tacked on.” It should be welded securely to the bottom of the frame on all four edges.

Part 3.—STEEL WELDING

(97) Aside from the difficulties already mentioned in steel welding, there are many others. A few of these will be taken up in order to let the beginner know how to approach the various problems which may confront him. But in no wise is this to be considered to be a treatise on advanced work. Ofttimes[93] the question arises, Can springs be successfully welded? Now, while springs have been welded, and they have been tested out thoroughly, yet the practice of spring welding with the oxy-acetylene flame is not to be recommended. There are those who will weld leaf springs, such as are found on automobiles, and will apply rapid blows with the hammer, while their weld is still in a heated condition and then plunge the spring in water or oil to harden it and the weld. A close observer will readily see why this procedure is not correct. Springs of this nature are made up of metal which takes a uniform hardening, and were it not so they could not be considered springs. Now, if there is a fracture and a foreign metal, which under no circumstances can be expected to take the same hardening as the rest of the spring, is introduced into the weld, it can easily be seen why a fusion of this kind is not to be relied upon. If it were possible to diagnose or take an analysis of the metal in the spring and use a filler-rod which, after being acted upon by the flame, would come out the same as the metal in the spring, then some success might be expected, but until that time, welding of springs will not be encouraged. Unless perchance the break is of such a nature that it can be reinforced readily and is in such a position that a resilient quality is not necessary.

(97) In addition to the challenges already discussed in steel welding, there are many more. We'll cover a few of these to help beginners understand how to tackle the various problems they might face. However, this should not be seen as a guide for advanced work. Often, the question arises: Can springs be welded successfully? While springs have been welded and thoroughly tested, using an oxy-acetylene flame for spring welding is not recommended. Some weld leaf springs, like those found on cars, by striking them with a hammer while they're still hot, then quenching the spring in water or oil to harden it and the weld. A careful observer will quickly notice why this method is flawed. Springs are made from metal that hardens uniformly; if they didn't, they couldn't function as springs. If there's a crack and a foreign metal is introduced into the weld, which will not harden the same way as the rest of the spring, it’s clear why such a weld is unreliable. If it were possible to analyze the metal in the spring and use a filler rod that matches its properties after being heated, there might be some success. But until that can be achieved, welding springs is not advisable, unless the break can be easily reinforced and is positioned where resilience isn’t necessary.

Fig. 65.—Building Up Worn Shafts.

Fig. 65.—Repairing Worn Shafts.

(98) Work on crank-shafts often causes perplexity on the part of the beginner, for he usually hears this matter discussed pro and con. Crank-shafts of four inches in diameter can be successfully welded with the oxy-acetylene flame, and even larger, if correct methods are employed. There are many points which the welder considers before deciding whether a weld of this nature is advisable. Of course the usability of the piece after it has been welded is the main issue when executing any kind of a repair job. Now, a crank-shaft will generally break in either of two ways; by some external force, such as a connecting rod breaking loose, or by crystallization, which is usually due to fatigue. Now, in the latter[94] case, ofttimes the shaft will break in the cheek of the “offset,” and possibly no part of the shaft is thrown out of alignment. When such is the case, welding is usually recommended and the shaft may be brought back to a useful state in very quick order. However, in the former case, the shaft is apt to be sprung, and while it could be welded, the machine work necessary to restore it to normal requires much time, and it has been known, where after spending a matter of days in trying to get proper alignments, work was scrapped as useless. So it is entirely up to the welder in work of this kind to determine whether the job is worth while or not. There are certain parts of a crank-shaft upon which welding work can be done with a marked degree of success, such as building up worn bearings and the like. In doing work of this kind it is recommended that the welder fuse his metal in a line parallel to the center line of the bearing, seeing to it that he has a perfect fusion between the surface of the bearing and the metal he is fusing and adding plenty of metal, to insure enough being used, so that no low spots will show[95] up when it is machined. It is considered that by adding the metal as suggested the welder will hold his heat much better than if he attempted revolving the shaft continually. Fig. 65 will show the method here outlined in a very clear way.

(98) Working on crankshafts can be confusing for beginners, as they often hear mixed opinions on the topic. Crankshafts with a four-inch diameter can be successfully welded using an oxy-acetylene flame, and even larger ones can be welded if the right methods are used. There are many factors the welder must consider before deciding if a weld is advisable. The ability to use the piece after it’s been welded is the main concern when making any kind of repair. A crankshaft typically breaks in one of two ways: due to an external force, like a connecting rod breaking loose, or through crystallization, which is usually caused by fatigue. In the latter case, the shaft often breaks in the cheek of the “offset,” and it’s possible that no part of the shaft is misaligned. When this happens, welding is usually recommended, and the shaft can be quickly restored to a usable condition. However, in the first scenario, the shaft is likely bent; while it can be welded, the machining needed to get it back to normal takes a lot of time, and there have been instances where, after days of trying to align it correctly, the work was deemed useless. So it’s entirely up to the welder to decide if the job is worth pursuing. There are certain areas on a crankshaft where welding can be done successfully, like rebuilding worn bearings. When doing this type of work, it’s advisable for the welder to fuse their metal in a line parallel to the center line of the bearing, ensuring a perfect bond between the bearing's surface and the metal being added, and to use plenty of metal to avoid any low spots after machining. It’s believed that adding the metal this way helps the welder maintain better heat than if they tried to keep rotating the shaft. Fig. 65 will clearly illustrate the method outlined here.

Fig. 66.—Shaft Broken at End of Square Shank, its Weakest Point.

Fig. 66.—Shaft Broken at the End of the Square Shank, which is its Weakest Point.

Fig. 67.—Broken Part of Shaft Removed and New Piece Added, thereby Moving the Weld away from the Weak Part.

Fig. 67.—The damaged section of the shaft has been taken out and a new piece has been added, relocating the weld away from the weak area.

(99) When working on shafts the welder will encounter such articles as automobile propeller shafts and rear axles, which generally break adjoining the square ends. He will no doubt wonder whether it is advisable to weld this square end back on, or whether to try and build up the shaft the desired length. Undoubtedly the point of fracture is the weakest portion of the entire shaft, else it would not break there. The execution of a weld at this point where no additional metal can be added or any means of reinforcing used is not to be recommended. Fig. 66 will show the problem which confronts the welder, and Fig. 67 the suggested means of overcoming the difficulty. By removing about four inches from the broken end of the shaft and adding a new piece, about ten inches long, of the same diameter, the weld will be removed from the weak point; a heavier weld can be made, and the end can be machined off to the desired size. This procedure is recommended on all jobs of like nature.

(99) When working on shafts, the welder will encounter items like automobile propeller shafts and rear axles, which usually break near the square ends. He will likely wonder whether it's a good idea to weld this square end back on or to try to extend the shaft to the desired length. Clearly, the break point is the weakest part of the entire shaft; otherwise, it wouldn't break there. Performing a weld at this spot, where no extra metal can be added or reinforced, is not advisable. Fig. 66 will illustrate the issue the welder faces, and Fig. 67 will suggest ways to overcome the problem. By cutting about four inches off the broken end of the shaft and adding a new piece, about ten inches long, of the same diameter, the weld will be moved away from the weak point; a stronger weld can be made, and the end can be machined to the desired size. This method is recommended for all similar jobs.

[96]

[96]

(100) Occasionally case-hardened ring gears are brought to the welder to have teeth built up or new ones added, and although the welder must realize that the hardening is destroyed by the action of the flame, yet he does not understand why it is necessary to reharden the gear. A little thought on this subject will make him appreciate the fact that if he destroys certain properties in metal which have been introduced for a reason, these must be replaced if he would bring the job back to normal. It would be like heating up a tempered lathe tool, or cold chisel for that matter, and trying to use it before it had been retempered. Therefore if hardening or temper is destroyed by the flame it must be restored.

(100) Sometimes, case-hardened ring gears are brought to the welder to have teeth rebuilt or new ones added. The welder needs to understand that the hardening is ruined by the heat of the flame, but he may not realize why it's important to re-harden the gear. A little reflection on this topic will help him see that if he damages certain properties in the metal that were put there for a reason, those properties need to be restored to return the gear to its normal state. It’s like heating up a tempered lathe tool or a cold chisel and trying to use it before it's been re-tempered. So, if the flame destroys the hardening or temper, it has to be fixed.

Fig. 68.—When Welding a Small Section to a Larger One, the Flame of the Torch is Directed toward the Heavier of the Two.

Fig. 68.—When welding a small piece onto a larger one, direct the torch flame toward the heavier section.

(101) If a weld were to break, it would be necessary for the welder to remove all metal added in the first weld before attempting to reweld. This is true of his own work as well as that of others which he may be called upon to do. For no matter how good the surface may appear, without a solid foundation no weld is of any value, and unless he clears out all of the old metal he cannot be sure of the work. This will apply not only to steel work, but to all metals, and it is a point which should be borne in mind.

(101) If a weld breaks, the welder must remove all the metal from the initial weld before trying to reweld it. This applies to his own work as well as any work he may do for others. No matter how good the surface looks, a weld is worthless without a strong foundation, and if he doesn’t remove all the old metal, he can't be sure of the quality of the repair. This principle applies to steel as well as all other metals, and it's an important point to remember.

(102) At times there are jobs come up in which one piece[97] of work is to be fused to another which is much larger, and will absorb much more heat during the weld. When handling such work, it will be necessary to play the torch upon the larger piece most of the time, as shown in Fig. 68, in order to bring both pieces to a fusion point at the same time and keep them in that condition.

(102) Sometimes there are jobs where one piece[97] needs to be welded to another piece that is much larger and will absorb a lot more heat during the welding process. When working on such projects, you'll need to focus the torch on the larger piece most of the time, as shown in Fig. 68, to make sure both pieces reach the melting point at the same time and stay in that state.

(103) Once in a while it will be necessary for a welder to fuse cast iron to steel or vice versa, and the question will arise as to which filler-rod he will use. It has been found that a cast-iron filler-rod can be used with success and of course when using a cast-iron filler-rod, a cast-iron flux will be necessary. Work of this nature is not very frequent.

(103) Occasionally, a welder will need to join cast iron to steel or the other way around, and the question will come up about which filler rod to use. It has been determined that a cast-iron filler rod can be used effectively, and naturally, when using a cast-iron filler rod, a cast-iron flux will be required. This type of work is not very common.

Part Four.—STEEL WELDING

(104) When steel is in a melted condition, it seems to be in a very susceptible state. It appears to absorb gases, and with constant working an oxidation is in evidence which materially effects the strength of the metal. When working on vanadium and other alloyed steels, if kept in a molten condition too long, many of their principal characteristics are destroyed. For this reason it is advisable to execute steel welds just as rapidly as possible. While this is true of most work, it is especially to be emphasized on steel. To assist the welder in executing welds on large steel castings, the pieces are generally preheated, so that the work will take less time, be more successful, and save both oxygen and acetylene. When working on preheated jobs, in order to get the desired angle on the filler-rod so the welder may use it without discomfort, a light heat is played on the filler-rod, a matter of six or eight inches from the end being fused and then bent to an angle of 90 degrees, so that the operator may hold the rod at some distance from his work and still introduce it in the manner he desires. Some operators weld their cast-iron[98] filler-rods together, to get the desired angle as shown in Fig. 69, but this is not as common as the steel method, probably because cast iron will not bend and it requires some time to weld the rods together in this manner.

(104) When steel is melted, it seems to be very sensitive. It appears to absorb gases, and with continuous work, oxidation occurs which significantly impacts the strength of the metal. When working with vanadium and other alloyed steels, if they are kept in a molten state for too long, many of their key characteristics are lost. For this reason, it's best to perform steel welds as quickly as possible. While this is true for most tasks, it's especially important for steel. To help the welder perform welds on large steel castings, the pieces are usually preheated to reduce the time needed, increase the chances of success, and save both oxygen and acetylene. When working on preheated projects, to achieve the right angle on the filler rod so the welder can use it comfortably, a light heat is applied to the filler rod about six or eight inches from the end being melted, which is then bent to a 90-degree angle. This allows the operator to hold the rod at a distance from their work and still position it as needed. Some operators weld their cast iron filler rods together to create the desired angle, as shown in Fig. 69, but this method is less common than the steel approach, likely because cast iron doesn't bend and it takes time to weld the rods together this way.

Fig. 69.—Kinks for Handling “Filler-rod” on Large Work to Remove Welder’s Hand away from Heat of Flame.

Fig. 69.—Techniques for Managing “Filler-rod” on Big Projects to Keep the Welder’s Hand away from the Heat of the Flame.

(a) shows how the steel “Filler-rod” is heated by the torch flame about 6 inches from the end and bent to the angle desired.

(a) shows how the steel “Filler-rod” is heated by the torch flame about 6 inches from the end and bent to the angle desired.

(b) illustrates how cast “Filler-rods” are handled. Since they will not bend, they are welded in the T shape shown. First one side is used in fusing, and then the other.

(b) shows how cast “Filler-rods” are managed. Since they don’t bend, they are welded in the T shape shown. First, one side is used for fusing, and then the other.

(105) In some parts of the country boiler flues are acted upon and eaten away by the impure water used, and when high prices prevail, retipping is generally resorted to. A simple method in which they can be satisfactorily and cheaply done is as follows: Cut off the poor end until solid metal is reached, with a pipe cutter, which will tend to “V” the work as it cuts and at the same time will squeeze the edge of the pipe in. After cutting, this end of the flue is placed on the horn of an anvil and the burr on the inside, which has been made by the cutter, is flattened out. It is very important that the flue be of the same size throughout in order to permit its being cleaned. It is then placed in “V” blocks or a[99] trough, made of angle iron, such as shown in Fig. 70, and the new end which has been prepared in much the same way is placed in the position shown in A in the same figure. The piece is tacked on at two or more spots and then laid aside until the whole set of flues has been prepared in this manner. Then they are replaced in the trough and welded, one after another, being turned at one end by a helper, thus allowing the welder to do continuous work. Care must be taken at all times that perfect fusion takes place between the flue proper and the piece being added, yet at no time should the metal be allowed to run on the inside of the pipe. More metal can be added than is really necessary and can later be dressed down on a grinding wheel to the desired size, which must be such that replacement of the flue can be made. Various-sized pipes can be welded in much the same way where no reducers are obtainable, the only change being that there must be a step made in the trough which will permit the various-sized pipes being lined up correctly. Jigs for the speeding up of manufactured articles which are to be welded are always being brought out by the ingenious workman and are to be encouraged whenever possible.

(105) In some areas of the country, boiler flues are damaged and deteriorated by the impure water used, and when prices are high, retipping is usually done. A straightforward and cost-effective method to achieve this is as follows: Cut off the bad end until you reach solid metal using a pipe cutter, which will create a “V” shape as it cuts and also squeeze the edge of the pipe inward. After cutting, place this end of the flue on the horn of an anvil and flatten out the burr on the inside that was created by the cutter. It is crucial that the flue remains the same size throughout to allow for cleaning. Then, place it in “V” blocks or a trough made of angle iron, as shown in Fig. 70, and position the new end, which has been prepared similarly, as shown in A in the same figure. Tack it on at two or more spots and set it aside until all the flues have been prepared in this way. Then, they are returned to the trough and welded one by one, with a helper turning one end to allow the welder to work continuously. It’s important to ensure perfect fusion between the main flue and the added piece, but the metal should never be allowed to run inside the pipe. You can add more metal than necessary, which can later be ground down to the desired size, allowing for flue replacement. Pipes of various sizes can be welded in a similar way when reducers aren’t available, with the only difference being that a step must be created in the trough to ensure the different-sized pipes line up correctly. Jigs designed to speed up the welding of manufactured items are frequently developed by resourceful workers and should be encouraged whenever possible.

Fig. 70.—Showing a Simple Way to “Line-up” Flues when Retipping. B Represents the old Flue, and A the New Piece to be Added.

Fig. 70.—Showing a Simple Way to “Line-up” Flues when Retipping. B Represents the old Flue, and A the New Piece to be Added.

(Courtesy of the Oxweld Acetylene Co.)

(Courtesy of the Oxweld Acetylene Co.)

Fig. 71.—Welded Cracks between Staybolts.

Fig. 71.—Welded Cracks between Staybolts.

(106) In the repair of boilers many a feasible job has[100] been given up as impossible by the unthinking welder. Cracks have been found in fire-box sheets around the staybolts which, as soon as they are touched with the flame, seem to run and keep running. They really discourage those who are not familiar with this class of work. Many such welds have been executed and are apparently all right until tested, when they give way and make the job worse than it was previously. The trouble is in these instances that the welder has made no provision for contraction and while the job might appear to be successful, yet the internal strains exerted will not show themselves at the test. Many boiler[101] shops have found that the flat patch is not to be relied upon and when a crack is found between two stay-bolt holes, such as shown in Fig. 72, a round hole is cut as shown by the dotted line. A circular plate is then cut slightly larger than this hole and after being brought to a red heat, it is bellied by the use of a hammer or a set of dies, so that it assumes the shape of a saucer and is called by many a “dished” patch. Some idea may be had of such a patch from Fig. 73.

(106) In repairing boilers, many doable jobs have[100] been deemed impossible by careless welders. Cracks have appeared in fire-box sheets around the staybolts that, as soon as they're heated, seem to spread and keep spreading. This really discourages those who aren't experienced with this kind of work. Many such welds have been done and seem fine until tested, when they fail and make the situation worse than it was before. The problem in these cases is that the welder didn't account for contraction, and while the job might look successful, the internal stresses won't become apparent until the testing. Many boiler[101] shops have discovered that a flat patch can't be trusted, and when a crack is found between two stay-bolt holes, like shown in Fig. 72, a round hole is cut out as indicated by the dotted line. A circular plate is then cut slightly larger than this hole and, after being heated until red, is curved using a hammer or a set of dies, so that it takes on the shape of a saucer, and many refer to it as a “dished” patch. Some idea of such a patch can be seen in Fig. 73.

Fig. 72.—A Crack between the Staybolts in a Boiler should be Cut Out as Shown by the Dotted Line, to Prepare it for a “Dished” Patch.

Fig. 72.—A crack between the stay bolts in a boiler should be cut out as indicated by the dotted line, to get it ready for a "dished" patch.

Fig. 73.—A “Dished” Patch.

Fig. 73.—A “Dished” Patch.

(107) The patch is placed in the sheet with the concave side toward the operator and should be securely welded in place, adding as little metal for reinforcement as possible,[102] but seeing to it that a perfect fusion is made between the patch and the sheet all the way through. As soon as the weld is complete the torch is played upon the high part of the patch, which is protruding, and as the weld cools off, sharp quick blows can be applied to the center of the patch, which should be kept in a heated condition until it is nearly flat. This will take care of any contraction that might set up and is a very good way of handling patches which do not exceed six or eight inches in diameter.

(107) The patch should be placed in the sheet with the concave side facing the operator and must be securely welded in place, using as little metal for reinforcement as possible,[102] while ensuring a perfect fusion between the patch and the sheet throughout. Once the weld is finished, the torch should be directed at the raised portion of the patch that is sticking out, and as the weld cools, you can apply quick, sharp blows to the center of the patch, keeping it heated until it is almost flat. This method addresses any potential contraction and is very effective for handling patches that are no larger than six or eight inches in diameter.

Fig. 74.—A “Corrugated” Patch.

Fig. 74.—A “Wavy” Patch.

(108) A “corrugated” patch has been brought out more recently than the “dished” patch, and as its name would indicate, it has corrugations around at least three of its sides. While a “dished” patch is limited in its scope and cannot be applied to square holes unless the square holes be cut round, the “corrugated” patch knows absolutely no limits as to size or shape. While its preparation is probably more difficult, yet its purpose is the same, that is, to take care of the contraction which takes place in sheets of metal where heat has been introduced. To prepare a “corrugated” patch, a piece of metal which is somewhat larger than the hole is taken and the corrugation is made by placing two rods on one side and somewhat separated and between them on the other side another rod. With this section of the patch heated to a red heat, a drop hammer is played upon it and[103] a corrugation effected. Or an easier method is by the use of specially prepared dies, which will turn out a patch in quick order. It must be remembered that while the patch shown in Fig. 74 is only for a very simple job, which is rectangular in shape, yet “L” shaped patches can be prepared and handled in the same manner. When the corrugation has been introduced into the patch, the latter is cut so that it will fit the hole, and it is tacked in position with the bellied sides out. The method used in applying a patch of this kind is to weld the uncorrugated side, then start up the corrugated side and weld for two or three inches, then play the torch upon the corrugation, adjoining the part welded, and slightly hammer to assist in the expansion of the same; then return to the weld, continuing it until the corrugation can again be played upon. By doing this, when finished the patch will be flat and no signs of the corrugations will be shown. While many patches of this nature are in use giving the very best service, the welder who looks upon the finished job cannot tell how it has been accomplished.

(108) A “corrugated” patch has been introduced more recently than the “dished” patch, and as its name suggests, it has corrugations on at least three of its sides. While a “dished” patch is limited in its application and cannot be used for square holes unless those holes are rounded off, the “corrugated” patch has no limits in size or shape. Although preparing it may be more complicated, its purpose remains the same: to manage the contraction that occurs in metal sheets due to heat exposure. To create a “corrugated” patch, you start with a piece of metal that is slightly larger than the hole and create the corrugation by placing two rods on one side, spaced apart, and another rod on the other side. With that section of the patch heated to red hot, a drop hammer is applied to create the corrugation. An easier method is to use specially prepared dies that can quickly produce a patch. It’s important to note that while the patch shown in Fig. 74 is designed for a straightforward rectangular job, “L”-shaped patches can also be made and handled in the same way. After adding the corrugation to the patch, it is cut to fit the hole and tacked into place with the bulging sides facing out. The application method involves welding the flat side first, then starting to weld the corrugated side for two or three inches, followed by heating the corrugation near the welded section and lightly hammering it to help it expand; then you return to the weld to continue until you can work on the corrugation again. This way, when finished, the patch will be flat with no visible signs of the corrugations. While many patches of this type are in use and provide excellent service, the welder inspecting the completed job cannot tell how it was done.

(109) While the methods here given seem only to apply to boiler work, they are not so restricted and can be applied to tanks and various vessels with success. However, when welding on tanks which have contained inflammable gases or gasoline the welder is cautioned to take every measure to safeguard himself, and while it is known that much work is being done on such jobs, it is not recommended and in fact quite the contrary. It is true that there are such methods as filling the containers with water; cleansing with live steam, and so forth, but the cautious man will refrain from working on these vessels even though such measures have been taken. Gasoline has a faculty of penetrating the pores of metallic surfaces, and although these vessels have been emptied and have remained so a matter of a year, the gasoline is still present to some extent, as is evidenced by the[104] fact that as soon as heat is applied and the molecules of the metal are expanded, the gas is released in sufficient quantities to cause an explosion. This is not in one instance only, but in many, so it has been thought best to discourage any welding work on vessels which have contained gasoline at any time.

(109) While the methods described here seem to apply only to boiler work, they can actually be used successfully on tanks and various vessels as well. However, when welding on tanks that have held flammable gases or gasoline, the welder is advised to take every precaution to protect themselves. Although it's known that a lot of work is done on such projects, it's not recommended—in fact, quite the opposite. There are methods like filling the containers with water, cleaning with live steam, and so on, but a cautious person will avoid working on these vessels even if such steps have been taken. Gasoline can seep into the pores of metal surfaces, and even if these vessels have been emptied and sat for a year, some gasoline may still be present. This is shown by the fact that as soon as heat is applied and the metal expands, gas is released in enough quantity to cause an explosion. This isn't just a one-time occurrence but happens frequently, so it's been deemed best to discourage any welding work on vessels that have contained gasoline at any point.

Fig. 75.—Working a Vertical Weld on Steel, from the Top Down.

Fig. 75.—Welding a Vertical Joint on Steel, from the Top Down.

(110) While it is possible to weld cast iron on the vertical, by the use of carbon blocks and so forth, the same kind of work can be accomplished on steel with much ease, without the use of any blocks, or materials other than the filler-rod and the welding torch. There are two methods of handling vertical welds; welding from the top down, or starting from the bottom and working up. The former seems to be condemned by those who have never tried it, on account of the carelessness which is apt to be used on work of this kind. However, for the beginner, it is thought advisable to teach this method, as there are many places where it can be used advantageously. The metal at the top of the seam, such as a broken automobile frame, or the like, is brought to a molten state and held there, not only by the velocity of the flame, but also by the filler-rod, as is shown in Fig. 75. With the[105] choosing of a tip of the correct size, the melted metal can be held under control with much ease, after a little practice, and it is allowed to descend as soon as the metal below it is in the proper shape for fusion. The filler-rod is added continually, for it is never lifted out of the molten metal, merely stirred a little from side to side as it descends. None of the melted metal is allowed to precede the flame, and at all times the operator can see whether the edges to be fused are at the right heat. As soon as the bottom is reached, the weld can again be gone over if it is not thought strong enough, and reinforced as much as desired. As soon as the operator is familiar with this method, he will find that much more speed can be developed, less filler-rod lost and less lapping done than by building up from the bottom.

(110) While it's possible to weld cast iron vertically using carbon blocks and similar tools, it's much easier to do the same with steel without needing any blocks or materials other than the filler rod and the welding torch. There are two ways to manage vertical welds: welding from the top down or starting from the bottom and working your way up. The first method often gets a bad wrap from those who've never tried it, mainly due to the carelessness that can occur with this kind of work. However, it's recommended for beginners, as there are many situations where it can be effectively applied. The metal at the top of the seam, like a broken car frame, is melted and held in place not only by the flame's intensity but also by the filler rod, as shown in Fig. 75. With the right-sized tip, the melted metal can be controlled easily after some practice, and it's allowed to flow down as soon as the metal below is ready for fusion. The filler rod is continuously added; it never comes out of the molten metal but is just stirred a bit from side to side as it goes down. None of the melted metal is allowed to get ahead of the flame, and at all times, the operator can see if the edges to be fused are at the right temperature. Once the bottom is reached, the weld can be revisited if it doesn't seem strong enough and reinforced as needed. Once the operator gets comfortable with this method, they will find that they can work much faster, lose less filler rod, and have less overlap than when building up from the bottom.

(111) In welding over head there is a tendency on the part of most welders to avoid the use of enough heat to bring their metal to a molten state, for fear that it will drop upon them. It must be remembered that lack of heat means poor welds and that the metal must be in a molten condition whenever the weld is to be made. As soon as a little practice is given to this kind of work, the welder will see that the melted metal can assume some proportions without dropping off, despite its weight. It has probably been noticed that on “sweating” water tanks drops of water accumulate on the bottom of the tank and do not fall off. It is the same sort of problem in the case of melted steel. The adhesion of the molecules and the surface tension are the forces that keep the metal from dropping.

(111) When welding overhead, most welders tend to avoid using enough heat to melt the metal, fearing it will drop on them. However, it's important to remember that insufficient heat leads to poor welds, and the metal needs to be molten for a proper weld. With some practice in this technique, welders will realize that the melted metal can hold its shape without falling, despite its weight. It's similar to how droplets of water collect at the bottom of a "sweating" water tank without falling off. The forces that keep the molten steel from dropping are the adhesion of the molecules and surface tension.


[106]

[106]

CHAPTER VIII
Brass Welding

(112) It is difficult for the beginner to accustom himself to brass welding, especially on large work. While he has been taught to believe that brass has a much lower melting-point than iron or steel, yet when he comes face to face with the actual problem of melting it, he will find that it is necessary to hold his flame in contact with his piece much longer, on brass work than on either of the other two, before the melting point is reached. This can be accounted for by the great conductivity of brass. On cast iron and steel the heat was rather local, but on brass work it is transmitted to all parts of the piece as rapidly as it is introduced, and this absorbing process continues until practically the entire piece is near the melting point.

(112) It's tough for beginners to get used to brass welding, especially on larger pieces. They’ve been led to think that brass melts at a much lower temperature than iron or steel, but when they actually try to melt it, they’ll realize that they need to keep their flame in contact with the brass much longer than with iron or steel before it actually melts. This happens because brass conducts heat so well. With cast iron and steel, the heat stays concentrated in a specific area, but with brass, the heat spreads throughout the entire piece as quickly as it’s applied, and this absorption continues until almost the whole piece is close to melting.

(113) Brass has for its base, copper to which an alloy of zinc has been added. Now the most difficult part of fusing brass work, is to add more metal from the filler-rod to the parts which are to be fused, without burning up any more of the alloy, than is absolutely necessary. Seeing that the copper and zinc have different melting points, it is a very difficult feat and requires considerable practice. Much of this trouble can be eliminated by the use of a filler-rod which has the correct proportion of alloy added, so that it may take care of and replace any that has been destroyed by the flame.

(113) Brass is made primarily from copper, which has been combined with an alloy of zinc. The most challenging part of fusing brass is adding more metal from the filler rod to the pieces being fused without burning away more of the alloy than necessary. Since copper and zinc have different melting points, this is quite tricky and requires a lot of practice. A lot of this difficulty can be avoided by using a filler rod that has the right proportion of alloy added, allowing it to compensate for and replace any that has been lost to the flame.

(114) Brass work is “V-ed” out when welding is to be done, in practically the same way as cast iron. Only under no circumstances should the ends of the parts be burned[107] off, when “V-ing,” as the heavy oxide which is deposited on the remaining metal is very hard to combat with the welding flame. The ends of the work are brought to a red heat with the flame that is slightly carbonizing. This is held directly in contact with the work during the preheating stages, in much the same manner as on cast iron, and a small layer of carbon may be seen to accumulate around the weld. Now, in theory, this would seem the worst thing possible to have present, but in practice a small quantity of this soot acts as an aid in making the weld, besides making the flame less intense, which saves much of the alloy, from being burned when the fusion occurs. When the ends have become red hot, the same procedure is used as in working steel, except that the torch is given a slightly greater angle and a brass flux is used.

(114) Brass work is "V-ed" out when welding needs to be done, almost the same way as cast iron. However, the ends of the pieces should never be burned off when "V-ing," as the thick oxide that forms on the leftover metal is tough to deal with using the welding flame. The ends of the work are heated to a red glow with a slightly carbonizing flame, which is kept directly in contact with the work during the preheating stages, similar to cast iron, and a thin layer of carbon may build up around the weld. Although this seems like the worst situation theoretically, in practice, a small amount of this soot helps with the welding process and makes the flame less intense, preventing much of the alloy from burning when fusion occurs. Once the ends are glowing red, the same method used for steel is applied, except that the torch is held at a slightly sharper angle and a brass flux is used.

(115) Contrary to most authorities we find that an abundance of good flux is desirable on brass work and that it is almost impossible to use too much. It is desirable to use only the best welding fluxes, for the best welds are to be insured only under ideal conditions. If a welder were to run short of flux, however, he might use powdered borax of the 20 Mule Team variety, to tide him over until he could get a new supply. The flux is added in the same way as the cast-iron flux, that is, by dipping the heated end of the filler-rod into the flux container. Enough will adhere, and when added will clear up the metal in the vicinity of the weld. It should be added as often as a welder notices his metal needs cleaning and this will vary depending upon whether there is a slow or rapid worker behind the torch. A man must use his own judgment in cases of this kind. Remember that the flux is a cleaning agent and if the surface is clean, no additional flux is necessary, but if the contrary is true, that is, if the surface is full of oxide and the filler refuses to flow easily, flux is necessary and should be added.

(115) Unlike what most experts say, we find that having a lot of good flux is important for brass work, and it's nearly impossible to use too much. It's best to use only the highest quality welding fluxes because the best welds can only be achieved under ideal conditions. However, if a welder runs low on flux, he can use powdered borax from the 20 Mule Team brand to get through until he can get more. The flux is added in the same way as the cast-iron flux—by dipping the heated end of the filler rod into the flux container. Enough will stick, and when applied, it will clean up the metal around the weld. It should be added as often as a welder sees that the metal needs cleaning, and this will depend on whether the worker is slow or fast with the torch. A welder must use his judgment in these situations. Keep in mind that flux is a cleaning agent, so if the surface is clean, no extra flux is needed. But if the surface is covered in oxide and the filler doesn’t flow easily, then flux is necessary and should be added.

[108]

[108]

(116) During the welding, dense white fumes will come from the fusing brass. This is the burning out of the alloy, that is, the zinc. These fumes are injurious to the welder and should be avoided, if possible, by proper ventilation. The use of a proper filler-rod and rapid work will largely tend to overcome the presence of these fumes, but if the operator is very slow, they will appear, and are followed by a porous and brittle weld, which if broken afterwards will show a large number of blow holes. The most difficult part of brass welding as a whole is to add the filler-rod, being certain of a fusion, without burning out the zinc. When brass is in a heated condition, it is very fragile and will crack readily if disturbed. All precautions should be taken to see that no sudden jarring is given the piece until the weld has completely set. When this work is done many welders plunge their work in water, in an effort to make it more ductile and easier to machine. While this, of course, is condemned by theorists and rightly so, in practice there seems to be no injury results.

(116) During welding, thick white fumes will come from the melting brass. This is the burning out of the alloy, specifically the zinc. These fumes are harmful to the welder and should be avoided, if possible, through proper ventilation. Using an appropriate filler rod and working quickly will help reduce the presence of these fumes, but if the operator is too slow, they will form, resulting in a porous and brittle weld that, if broken later, will show many blow holes. The most challenging part of brass welding is adding the filler rod while ensuring a proper fusion without burning out the zinc. When brass is heated, it becomes very fragile and will crack easily if disturbed. All precautions should be taken to ensure that the piece is not jarred until the weld has fully set. After this work is completed, many welders dip their work in water to make it more ductile and easier to machine. While this is typically discouraged by experts, it seems to cause no harm in practice.


[109]

[109]

CHAPTER IX

Part One.—ALUMINUM WELDING

(117) So far as the actual fusion of aluminum is concerned, it is probably more easily learned than any other metal, but on account of the rapid conductivity of heat and the loss of most of its strength when heated, aluminum has caused much concern among oxy-acetylene welders.

(117) When it comes to actually fusing aluminum, it's probably easier to learn than any other metal. However, because aluminum conducts heat so quickly and loses most of its strength when heated, it has raised a lot of concerns among oxy-acetylene welders.

(118) There are two methods used in welding aluminum, the flux method and the puddle method. The puddle system gets its name from the use of a puddle stick or spoon-like rod which is used to stir the metal together, and is very satisfactorily used on all cast aluminum. The flux method is applied to both cast and sheet aluminum and it is so-called because a flux is used to break up the oxide along the line of weld. The discussion to follow applies only to cast aluminum. It is in this metal that most interest is centered, as the welding of sheet aluminum, such as is found in automobile bodies and some cooking utensils, is not encountered in the ordinary run of work.

(118) There are two methods used for welding aluminum: the flux method and the puddle method. The puddle method gets its name from a puddle stick or spoon-like rod that is used to mix the metal together, and it works very well for all cast aluminum. The flux method is used for both cast and sheet aluminum and is named because a flux is used to break down the oxide along the weld line. The discussion that follows only pertains to cast aluminum, as this is where most interest lies, since welding sheet aluminum, like that found in automobile bodies and some cooking utensils, is not typically part of regular work.

(Courtesy of the Torchweld Equipment Co.)

(Courtesy of the Torchweld Equipment Co.)

Fig. 76.—Showing Aluminum Crank Cases Before and After Welding.

Fig. 76.—Displaying Aluminum Crank Cases Before and After Welding.

(119) When working with the flux method about the same sized tip is used as when working on cast iron. This is applied to the line of weld and held there until the oxide on the surface commences to wrinkle and small globules of a mercury-like appearance form on the surface. When heat is introduced in aluminum it is transmitted throughout the piece in the same manner as occurs in copper and brass, therefore it will require much more time to heat the work than the same sized piece of cast iron or steel. As soon as the weld assumes[110-
111]
the condition mentioned, fast work is necessary or the metal will collapse, for it loses most of its strength when heated to this condition. The end of the filler-rod bearing the flux is brought down on the metal and immediately the surfaces will clear up and run together, like so much mercury. The torch is instantly jerked away and applied farther along the weld. The theory of this reaction is that the heavy aluminum oxide is the only thing which prevents the metal flowing together when heated, and as soon as the flux is introduced this oxide will be destroyed along the line of weld and a fusion of the metal effected. This actually takes place, providing enough heat has been introduced to permit this reaction to penetrate the depth of the weld. The flux contains the chemicals necessary to cause this reaction if the metal is in the right condition. There are many welders who do not use sufficient heat and blame the faulty results upon the flux. On the other hand, there are many fluxes which are absolutely useless in performing a function of this kind. The chemicals necessary in compounding a good flux for this class of work are expensive and therefore this flux cannot be procured at a low price. When the weld is finished and cooled the surface should be scrubbed with soap and water to remove all traces of the flux, otherwise a corrosion may occur a month or so afterwards, and while it may not affect the weld in any degree, the owner of the piece may not be pleased at the sight. It is therefore advisable to remove all traces of flux used on aluminum work.

(119) When using the flux method, you use a tip of about the same size as you would for welding cast iron. This is applied to the weld line and held there until the oxide on the surface starts to wrinkle and small, mercury-like droplets form. When heat is applied to aluminum, it spreads throughout the piece like it does in copper and brass, so it takes much longer to heat the work compared to a piece of cast iron or steel of the same size. As soon as the weld reaches the mentioned condition, quick action is needed, or the metal will collapse since it loses most of its strength when heated to this point. The end of the filler rod that has the flux is brought down onto the metal, and immediately, the surfaces will clean up and bond together like liquid mercury. The torch is quickly removed and moved farther along the weld. The idea behind this reaction is that the heavy aluminum oxide is what prevents the metal from flowing together when heated, and once the flux is added, it will break down this oxide along the weld line, allowing the metal to fuse together. This actually happens, as long as enough heat has been applied to let this reaction reach the depth of the weld. The flux contains the necessary chemicals to trigger this reaction if the metal is in the right condition. Many welders don’t apply enough heat and blame the poor results on the flux. Conversely, there are many fluxes that are completely ineffective for this purpose. The chemicals needed to create a good flux for this type of work are expensive, so you can’t get this flux for cheap. When the weld is complete and cooled, the surface should be scrubbed with soap and water to remove any trace of the flux; otherwise, corrosion might occur a month or so later, and while it may not impact the weld at all, the owner may not appreciate the appearance. Therefore, it’s wise to remove all traces of flux used on aluminum work.

(120) The puddle system differs from that of the flux, insomuch that when the metal has been brought to the same heat, where the flux has been applied it will be found that the metal is really in a pasty condition. It can be stirred together and the break entirely eliminated by the use of a puddle stick, either of a pointed or a flat spoon-shape design, as shown in Fig. 77. During this puddling stage,[112] the torch is usually held in the left hand with the flame some distance away from the work, only introducing enough heat to keep the puddle pasty. The puddle stick is handled by the right hand and when extra metal is needed the puddle stick is laid aside and the aluminum filler-rod is picked up and worked into the weld. When sufficient metal has been added the puddle stick again comes into play and can be used in stirring the metal together and finishing it off in the desired manner. Reinforcing the weld will apply to aluminum the same as every other metal, and a very neat job can be made after a little practice with the puddle stick. At times some of the aluminum may adhere to the stick, which is made from a quarter-inch piece of steel filler-rod, but this can be removed by scraping it upon the fire bricks which should be in the vicinity of the weld.

(120) The puddle system is different from the flux method. Once the metal has been heated to the same temperature, where the flux is used, the metal will actually be in a pasty state. You can mix it together and completely remove the break using a puddle stick, which can be either pointed or flat, as shown in Fig. 77. During this puddling phase,[112] the torch is usually held in the left hand with the flame positioned a bit away from the work, providing just enough heat to keep the puddle in that pasty state. The puddle stick is held in the right hand, and when additional metal is needed, you can set the puddle stick aside and grab the aluminum filler rod to add to the weld. Once you've added enough metal, you can bring the puddle stick back into use to mix the metal together and finish it to your liking. Reinforcing the weld works the same for aluminum as it does for any other metal, and you can achieve a very neat result after some practice with the puddle stick. Occasionally, some aluminum may stick to the puddle stick, which is made from a quarter-inch piece of steel filler rod, but you can easily remove it by scraping it against the fire bricks nearby the weld.

Fig. 77.—“Puddle-sticks” for Welding Aluminum.

Fig. 77.—“Puddle-Sticks” for Aluminum Welding.

(121) There are two kinds of filler-rods used in aluminum welding. Both are aluminum, but one is cast and the other is a drawn rod. This same difference will also be noticed in bronze filler-rods, and there has been much discussion as to which is the desirable one to use. Neither of them is supposed to be 100 per cent pure aluminum, as such a filler-rod does not give the desired results under the action of the[113] flame. A matter of from 90 to 95 per cent aluminum, with 5 per cent to 10 per cent of copper present as an alloy, is found to make a stronger and more successful weld. It is recommended, if possible, to use the drawn rods whenever available; for a weld at best is only a casting, and if this casting can be made from virgin metal, rather than recast from metal which has been cast many times and the contents not known, it is thought that the results will be far more satisfactory. A weld made with such a filler-rod, care being taken to work out the oxides, will compare very favorably with the strength of the original metal and in many instances a reinforcement will make it much stronger.

(121) There are two types of filler rods used in aluminum welding. Both are made of aluminum, but one is cast and the other is drawn. This same distinction can also be seen in bronze filler rods, and there's been a lot of debate about which one is better to use. Neither of them is supposed to be 100 percent pure aluminum, as that kind of filler rod doesn’t deliver the desired results when exposed to the flame. A mix of 90 to 95 percent aluminum, with 5 to 10 percent copper as an alloy, has been found to create a stronger and more effective weld. It’s recommended, if possible, to use drawn rods whenever available; since a weld is essentially a casting, using virgin metal instead of metal that has been recast multiple times, which may have unknown properties, is believed to yield much better results. A weld made with such a filler rod, taking care to remove the oxides, will compare very favorably in strength to the original metal, and in many cases, a reinforcement will enhance its strength significantly.

(122) To combine the two methods of welding aluminum is not recommended. If the flux were stirred up inside the weld with a puddle stick an unsatisfactory weld would result, so they are to be kept entirely separate. It is not necessary to “V” out aluminum for the same reason as other metals are “V-ed” out. When it is in workable condition it can be puddled and stirred about as desired. It is well, however, to “V” out slightly for the sake of marking the line of weld. When aluminum is heated up, the expansion which occurs may close up the crack, which was previously quite visible, in such a manner that it cannot be located without much loss of time. Ordinary chalk or soapstone, if available, may be used to mark any preheated work, but the use of a chisel along the line of weld is the most reliable method.

(122) Combining the two methods of welding aluminum is not advised. If the flux gets mixed into the weld with a puddle stick, the weld quality will suffer, so they should be kept completely separate. It's not necessary to “V” out aluminum for the same reasons as other metals. When it's in a workable state, it can be puddled and manipulated as needed. However, it’s a good idea to “V” out slightly just to mark the weld line. When aluminum heats up, the expansion can close the crack, which was previously noticeable, making it hard to find without wasting time. Regular chalk or soapstone, if available, can be used to mark any preheated work, but the most reliable method is to use a chisel along the weld line.

Part Two.—ALUMINUM WELDING

(123) It will be noticed, when welding aluminum, that bright surfaces will oxidize immediately when exposed to the air. This action occurs perhaps faster on aluminum than on any other metal. With this oxide or scale present the metal will not run together nor fuse, no matter how much heat is[114] applied. The metal may be molten on each side of an oxidized crack and at times will cause the line of fracture to even float, but if the oxide is not destroyed the metal will not fuse. As has been noted previously, two methods are used to destroy this oxide, namely, the flux method and the puddle system. On account of this exceedingly rapid oxidation, it will be found to the operator’s advantage to complete his aluminum welds as quickly as possible in order that he will have less of this oxide to combat. It will be found in using the puddle system that greater haste can be made by using the torch in the left hand, leaving the right free to do the puddling and to add whatever metal is necessary. In this method most of the success depends upon the operator’s skill in handling his puddle stick and puddling in additional metal. Generally the right hand can do this more rapidly than the left.

(123) When welding aluminum, you’ll notice that shiny surfaces oxidize quickly when exposed to air. This happens faster with aluminum than with any other metal. With this oxide or scale present, the metal won't stick together or fuse, no matter how much heat is applied[114]. The metal might be molten on either side of an oxidized crack and can even cause the fracture line to float, but if the oxide isn’t removed, the metal won’t fuse. As mentioned earlier, there are two methods to eliminate this oxide: the flux method and the puddle system. Because of this rapid oxidation, it's beneficial for the operator to complete aluminum welds as quickly as possible to minimize the oxide they have to deal with. Using the puddle system can be faster if you hold the torch in your left hand, leaving your right free to puddle and add any necessary metal. In this method, most of the success relies on the operator’s skill in managing the puddle stick and adding extra metal. Generally, the right hand can do this more quickly than the left.

(124) It is well to learn how to make a successful weld from one side of the metal only, and while this will apply to all metals, it is especially advantageous in working aluminum. Where a small layer of metal has been added to one side of an aluminum job, such as a crank case, and it does not penetrate the entire thickness of the metal, when the other side is turned, and the flame applied to it, a difference in temperature and the loss of strength in this metal when heated will cause the first side welded to crack unless the operator is extremely cautious. Therefore it is always well to learn how to penetrate the entire thickness of the metal from one side and make a satisfactory weld in this manner.

(124) It's important to know how to make a successful weld using only one side of the metal, and while this technique applies to all metals, it's particularly beneficial when working with aluminum. If a small amount of metal is added to one side of an aluminum piece, like a crankcase, and it doesn’t go through the whole thickness of the metal, when you flip it over and apply heat to the other side, the difference in temperature and the loss of strength in the heated metal can cause the first side to crack unless the welder is very careful. So, it's always best to learn to completely penetrate the thickness of the metal from one side and achieve a good weld this way.

(125) As previously stated, aluminum when melted loses most of its strength, and if not supported by some means or other the metal will collapse. On account of this it is advisable to back up aluminum work, when possible, whether the job is to be done cold or in preheated condition. The most successful manner of backing up is shown in[115] Fig. 78, wherein A represents a thin sheet of copper which has been fitted to the work, and daubs of asbestos cement shown at B will aid to some extent in holding the plate in position, but this alone should not be depended upon. A prop or fire brick, upon the top of which has been placed a cushion of cement, will serve as a good backing, but where this cannot be accomplished filler-rods may be bent in the manner shown in Fig. 78. These filler-rods are not of the springy type, but are of soft wire and the loop as shown is not for a spring effect, but merely to take care of the contraction and expansion of the wire. Copper is given a preference over most of the other sheet metals, because it can be peened with a hammer to any shape desired, and many odd shaped additions can be formed by its use.

(125) As mentioned earlier, when aluminum is melted, it loses most of its strength, and without proper support, the metal will collapse. Because of this, it’s wise to back up aluminum work whenever possible, whether it’s done cold or after being preheated. The best way to provide support is illustrated in [115] Fig. 78, where A shows a thin sheet of copper that is fitted to the work, and the blobs of asbestos cement seen at B help to hold the plate in place, although this should not be the only method relied upon. A prop or fire brick with a cushion of cement on top works well as backing, but if that isn’t feasible, filler rods can be bent as shown in Fig. 78. These filler rods are not springy; they are made of soft wire, and the loop shown isn’t for a spring effect but simply to manage the contraction and expansion of the wire. Copper is preferred over most other sheet metals because it can be shaped into any desired form by hammering, allowing for the creation of many uniquely shaped additions.

Fig. 78.—One Method Used to “Back Up” Aluminum Work, when Welding. A Represents a Sheet of Copper; B, Asbestos Cement.

Fig. 78.—One Method Used to “Back Up” Aluminum Work, when Welding. A Represents a Sheet of Copper; B, Asbestos Cement.

(126) The use of clamps, when working on aluminum, is not recommended on account of the great conductivity of heat and the weakening of the metal as it approaches the melting-point. Pressure of any kind is not desired and the[116] operators who attempt to use clamps will regret it sooner or later.

(126) Using clamps when working with aluminum isn't advised because of its high heat conductivity and the way the metal weakens as it gets close to melting. Any kind of pressure is undesirable, and operators who try to use clamps will regret it eventually.

(127) In aluminum work contraction and expansion take place the same as in other metals, only to a much greater extent, and greater allowances must be made. However, the same rules can be applied when determining whether work should be preheated or not, for if the ends are free to move, the work can usually be accomplished without preheating, whereas if confined, it will be necessary. When preheating is necessary the whole piece must be treated in the same way, regardless of the size. If only part of the work were preheated and the balance left exposed, it would be almost impossible to avoid warpage and shrinkage strains, which would render the work useless. Always preheat the entire piece if any portion requires it.

(127) In aluminum work, contraction and expansion occur just like in other metals, but to a much greater degree, so you need to account for this more. However, the same principles apply when figuring out if work needs to be preheated. If the ends can move freely, you can usually complete the work without preheating it. But if they’re confined, preheating will be necessary. When preheating is required, the entire piece must be treated the same way, no matter its size. If only part of the work is preheated and the rest is left exposed, it will almost certainly cause warping and shrinkage strains, making the work unusable. Always preheat the entire piece if any part needs it.

(128) Great care must be exercised when setting up aluminum work for preheating. Its weight should be distributed equally on whatever support is used, so that there will be no danger of any one part sagging, thereby throwing the whole piece out of alignment. A good way of accomplishing this is to lay fire bricks on their flat side, in such a manner that the weight of the work will be fairly well distributed. Then put a daub of clay or asbestos cement on each brick and press the aluminum piece down on this cushion. This will overcome the use of shims and other methods used for jacking up the work, which are unreliable.

(128) Great care must be taken when preparing aluminum work for preheating. The weight should be evenly distributed on whatever support is used to prevent any part from sagging, which could throw the whole piece out of alignment. A good way to achieve this is to lay fire bricks flat, ensuring that the weight of the work is well distributed. Then, put a dab of clay or asbestos cement on each brick and press the aluminum piece down onto this cushion. This method eliminates the need for shims and other unreliable jacking methods.

(129) If charcoal is to be used as a preheating fuel, an oven of fire brick should be built up with draft holes in the bottom layer of brick, as described in the chapter on Preheating. A layer or two of charcoal is then ignited. The oven is then covered with asbestos paper or a piece of sheet metal. Asbestos paper is preferable as the metal becomes very hot and is apt to burn the operator. After the fire has received a good start, additional charcoal is added[117] until sufficient heat is obtained. This can be determined by sprinkling a little sawdust on the surface of the aluminum, and if it chars readily, the work is ready to weld. Other methods have been outlined previously, any or all of which may be used in learning this heat. In executing the weld as little of the work is exposed to the air as possible, in order to hold a uniform heat and not permit any part to become chilled. At the completion of the weld the oven is covered over, the openings in the bottom row of bricks are stopped up, and the piece allowed to cool with the dying fire. The charcoal process is the slow but sure method of handling preheated aluminum work, and is always recommended.

(129) If you're using charcoal as a preheating fuel, you should build an oven out of fire brick with draft holes in the bottom layer of bricks, as described in the chapter on Preheating. Ignite a layer or two of charcoal. Then cover the oven with asbestos paper or a piece of sheet metal. Asbestos paper is better because the metal gets very hot and can burn the operator. Once the fire is going well, add more charcoal until you reach the desired heat. You can check this by sprinkling a little sawdust on the surface of the aluminum; if it chars quickly, the work is ready to weld. Other methods have been described earlier, and any of them can be used to learn this heat. While executing the weld, keep as little of the work exposed to the air as possible, to maintain a consistent heat and prevent any part from cooling down. After finishing the weld, cover the oven, block the openings in the bottom row of bricks, and let the piece cool with the dying fire. The charcoal process is a slow but reliable way to handle preheated aluminum work, and it is always recommended.

(130) When preheating aluminum with torches burning kerosene or gas a different kind of oven is built, as previously described in the lecture on Preheating. No openings are left in the lower row of bricks and the oven is built very much closer to the work being preheated. As the object is to confine as much heat as possible and have a uniform temperature throughout, it is not desirable to have such ovens loosely constructed. If the bricks are irregular, a double wall can be built with a layer of asbestos between them. Such a procedure is always recommended if time and bricks permit. A hole is left in one end of the oven for the preheating torch flame to enter. On aluminum work the flame is never played directly upon the metal. A baffling plate of metal or fire brick is used to distribute the flame around the sides of the piece and very satisfactory results may be obtained by preheating in this manner.

(130) When preheating aluminum with torches that burn kerosene or gas, a different type of oven is constructed, as previously mentioned in the lecture on Preheating. No openings are left in the bottom row of bricks, and the oven is built much closer to the item being preheated. Since the goal is to keep as much heat as possible and maintain a consistent temperature throughout, it's not ideal for these ovens to be loosely built. If the bricks are uneven, a double wall can be created with a layer of asbestos in between. This is always recommended if time and materials allow. A hole is left at one end of the oven for the flame from the preheating torch to enter. When working with aluminum, the flame is never directed straight onto the metal. A baffle made of metal or fire brick is used to spread the flame around the sides of the piece, and very good results can be achieved by preheating this way.

[118]

[118]

Part 3.—ALUMINUM WELDING

(131) Many times aluminum crank cases which have large holes punched in them and parts missing are brought to a welder for repairs. A question arises as to whether it is best to back up these holes and fill in the missing parts with a filler-rod as the welding progresses, or whether these parts should be cast separately or cut out of another crank case. It will generally depend upon the size of the hole, as to the desirable procedure in a case of this kind. It must be remembered that if the casting and welding are to be done at one and the same time each additional layer of metal must be fused to the last layer and that in reality a great deal of welding is necessary. In addition this added metal must be fused to the crank case. On small holes, perhaps two or three inches in diameter, this method is recommended, but if the hole is much larger, it is best to cast a piece and then weld it in, for in this instance there is only one line of weld to look after.

(131) Often, aluminum crankcases with large holes punched in them and missing parts are taken to a welder for repairs. A question arises about whether it’s better to back up these holes and fill in the missing parts with a filler rod as the welding progresses, or if the missing pieces should be cast separately or cut from another crankcase. Generally, the size of the hole will determine the best approach in this situation. It's important to remember that if the casting and welding are done simultaneously, each additional layer of metal must be fused to the previous one, which requires a substantial amount of welding. Additionally, this extra metal must be fused to the crankcase. For small holes, maybe two or three inches in diameter, this method is recommended, but for much larger holes, it’s better to cast a piece and then weld it in, since this way there’s only one weld line to manage.

(132) On aluminum work it is proper to weld from the closed end of a crack toward the open, whether the piece has or has not been preheated. This is true also of all other metals, for if the weld were to be started at the open end and worked backwards there would certainly be internal strains set up, which would be undesirable. If it is not clear which end is the open one, the operator should stop a moment and figure it out.

(132) When welding aluminum, it's best to

(133) Were a suspension arm of the U type on an aluminum crank case to break about three or four inches from the body of the case, it could be welded in place without dismantling the motor, if handled properly. Free access must be had to the line of break, so that the operator can manipulate his flame at whatever angle he thinks best. Due to the contraction and expansion, which may throw the piece being[119] welded out of alignment slightly, it is best to blank the bolt hole at the end of this suspension arm and face it off, before the piece is welded in position. Later a new hole can be drilled which will line up accurately with the frame, and the welder will not then have to worry or attempt to return it exactly to its former position. In order to keep the case itself as cool as possible, wet asbestos should be packed around it, near the broken arm, so that too much heat will not be absorbed by it. The broken end is then tacked in position at two or three places and the weld started. On such a problem the puddle system will be found best, for both horizontal and vertical welding are to be done, as well as some overhead. As flux causes the metal to flow, it is rather difficult for the beginner to apply it to vertical and overhead work. The puddle stick should work through the metal its full thickness and eliminate every possible trace of the break, digging out the old metal where dirt is found, and adding new metal for reinforcing. When one side has been welded and reinforced it should not be allowed to cool while the other side is being worked. The torch should be played upon it every now and then, in order that the whole line of weld will be at approximately the same temperature; otherwise, the weld may break in cooling. The ease with which aluminum is puddled together, which many welders have likened to the children’s method of making mud pies, seems so simple to the beginner that he cannot see where the strength comes from when cooled. On account of this, he invariably works his aluminum too long. After welding a few test bars of this metal and breaking them in the line of weld, many old welders will gain confidence upon seeing the results of their own efforts.

(133) If a U-shaped suspension arm on an aluminum crankcase breaks about three or four inches from the body of the case, it can be welded in place without taking apart the motor, as long as it is handled properly. There must be clear access to the break so that the operator can adjust the flame as needed. Because of contraction and expansion, which might slightly misalign the piece being[119] welded, it's best to cover the bolt hole at the end of this suspension arm and face it off before welding it in place. Later, a new hole can be drilled that will align perfectly with the frame, so the welder won’t have to worry about repositioning it exactly. To keep the case as cool as possible, wet asbestos should be packed around it near the broken arm, preventing too much heat from being absorbed. The broken end is then tacked into place at two or three spots, and the weld is started. The puddle system works best for this kind of repair because both horizontal and vertical welding, as well as some overhead work, need to be done. Applying flux can be tricky for beginners because it causes the metal to flow, especially in vertical and overhead positions. The puddle stick should penetrate through the full thickness of the metal and eliminate any remnants of the break, removing old metal where there is dirt and adding new metal for reinforcement. Once one side is welded and reinforced, it should not be allowed to cool while working on the other side. The torch should be applied occasionally to keep the entire weld line at a similar temperature; otherwise, the weld might break as it cools. Many welders relate the ease of welding aluminum to how children make mud pies, which can mislead beginners into thinking it’s simple, making them work the aluminum for too long. After welding a few test pieces of this metal and breaking them at the weld, many experienced welders gain confidence by seeing the results of their own work.


[120]

[120]

CHAPTER X
Welding Malleable Iron

(134) The welding of malleable iron, so far as the actual fusion of the metal is concerned, is not practiced except in very few instances, where the parts are very thin and have been completely annealed. This is on account of its being what might be termed a heat-treated metal. To begin with, malleable iron is cast iron, and becomes malleable only after it has been heated to the proper condition in the presence of material which will absorb much of its carbon content, and kept in this state until a suitable depth of its exterior has been annealed. It has been changed from a brittle casting to one which will bend to some extent without breaking, and its surface, by the withdrawal of the carbon, has been converted into steel. The interior remains cast iron. The depth of penetration will depend entirely upon the number[121] of hours the work is treated. Usually it runs from one-sixty-fourth to one-eighth of an inch, depending upon the type of work. An idea may be gained of how a cross-section of this metal will appear, by noting Fig. 79.

(134) The welding of malleable iron, in terms of actually melting the metal, is rarely done except in a few cases where the pieces are very thin and have been fully annealed. This is because it is a heat-treated metal. First of all, malleable iron starts as cast iron, which becomes malleable only after being heated to the right temperature in the presence of material that absorbs much of its carbon content, and it must stay in this condition until a suitable depth of its surface has been annealed. It changes from a brittle casting to one that can bend to some degree without breaking, and the surface, due to the removal of carbon, turns into steel. The interior remains cast iron. The depth of penetration depends entirely on how many hours the work is treated. Typically, it ranges from one-sixty-fourth to one-eighth of an inch, depending on the type of work. You can get an idea of what a cross-section of this metal will look like by noting Fig. 79.

Fig. 79.—Illustrating Cross-section of Malleable Iron.

Fig. 79.—Showing a Cross-section of Malleable Iron.

(135) A machinist would not think of destroying the temper in his tools and then attempting to use them without retempering them. So the welder will not attempt to melt malleable iron, for he realizes that if he were to attempt fusing this metal that its character would be entirely destroyed. If he should make a fusion, the weld itself and in the vicinity thereof the metal would be very brittle and retain none of its ductile qualities. When a weld of this kind is attempted, first, a few steel sparks are given off from the surface of the metal, which quickly diminish and the surface seems to recede from the flame. A white foam appears as the steel surface is burned and many small blow holes then make their appearance. The casting resembles a steel casting which contains much sand and impurities. The welding of malleable iron, in its broadest sense, is therefore not recommended, although as it has been stated there are occasions when it can be successfully accomplished. The best manner of bonding malleable iron is by the use of a bronze filler-rod, and this process will hereafter be referred to, for convenience, as welding, although it may resemble brazing in some respects.

(135) A machinist wouldn’t think of ruining the temper in his tools and then trying to use them without re-tempering them. Similarly, a welder won’t try to melt malleable iron because he knows that doing so would completely ruin its properties. If he does attempt a fusion, both the weld and the surrounding metal will become very brittle and lose their ductility. When this type of weld is attempted, first a few steel sparks come off the surface of the metal, which quickly fade, and the surface seems to pull away from the flame. A white foam appears as the steel surface burns, and many small blowholes then show up. The casting looks like a steel casting that has a lot of sand and impurities. Therefore, welding malleable iron is generally not recommended, although there are times when it can be done successfully. The best way to bond malleable iron is by using a bronze filler rod, and we will refer to this process as welding for convenience, even though it may resemble brazing in some ways.

(136) The art of welding malleable iron with bronze is not very difficult to learn. Possibly, the greatest trouble will be experienced by the beginner in distinguishing malleable iron from other castings. By again referring to Fig. 43 and carefully noting the various methods outlined, this trouble should be overcome. Many times, too, if the welder has had any mechanical experience, he can probably determine where the casting has been used and can ofttimes satisfy himself whether it is malleable or not. Malleable castings[122] are very seldom used as a wearing surface, and are generally employed where there is strain, to replace steel castings and forgings, which are much more expensive. If it has been determined that the metal is malleable iron, half the battle has been won.

(136) The skill of welding malleable iron with bronze isn’t very hard to pick up. The biggest challenge for beginners will likely be telling malleable iron apart from other types of castings. By revisiting Fig. 43 and carefully following the different methods outlined, this issue can be resolved. Often, if the welder has some mechanical experience, they can usually figure out where the casting has been used and can often confirm whether it’s malleable or not. Malleable castings[122] are rarely used as a wear surface and are typically used in situations where there’s strain, to replace steel castings and forgings, which are much pricier. If it's confirmed that the metal is malleable iron, half the challenge is already handled.

(137) In preparing malleable iron, a clean surface is necessary in the vicinity of the weld. No “V-ing” out is necessary unless the piece is greater than one-quarter inch in thickness, and then the surface of the “V” should be as rough as possible. The ends are placed as close together as possible, the same as in brazing, and a welding tip which is one size smaller than would be used on the same thickness of cast iron is then used, with a slightly carbonizing flame. See Fig. 23. The work is heated, the same as in cast iron and steel. This flame is played directly on the work in a vertical position, similar to that used in preheating the weld in cast iron and steel, until heated to a cherry red, back about one-half inch on each side of the weld. As soon as this heat is obtained, the bronze filler-rod carries a quantity of bronze flux to the weld and this further tends to clean the surface. With the end of the filler-rod directly in contact with the work nearest the operator, the neutral flame melts the end of the rod, which immediately should run over the adjoining surface and through the crack. When this occurs the flame is abruptly twisted away from that portion of the weld to avoid burning the bronze. This is repeated along the line of the weld until the entire surface is covered with a thin coating of bronze. With this as a foundation more bronze is added, but during this process the torch is turned so that the neutral flame will not bear down directly on the bronze, which has already been added. It should rather strike it at an angle and radiate enough heat from the side of the neutral flame to permit a fusion between the filler-rod and the bronze already added. Much more surface should be covered and[123] more of a reinforcement made than in either cast iron or steel, in order to warrant enough strength for this class of work.

(137) To prepare malleable iron, you need a clean surface around the weld area. There's no need to create a "V" shape unless the piece is thicker than a quarter inch; in that case, the surface of the "V" should be as rough as possible. The ends should be positioned as close together as possible, just like in brazing, and you should use a welding tip that is one size smaller than what you would use for the same thickness of cast iron, with a slightly carbonizing flame. See Fig. 23. The work should be heated similarly to how you would heat cast iron and steel. This flame should be directed at the work in a vertical position, similar to preheating the weld in cast iron and steel, until it reaches a cherry red color about half an inch on either side of the weld. Once this temperature is achieved, the bronze filler rod delivers a quantity of bronze flux to the weld, which helps clean the surface further. With the end of the filler rod touching the work nearest to the operator, the neutral flame melts the end of the rod, allowing it to flow over the nearby surface and into the crack. When this happens, the flame should be quickly moved away from that part of the weld to prevent burning the bronze. This process is repeated along the line of the weld until the entire surface is covered with a thin layer of bronze. Using this layer as a base, you can add more bronze, but during this step, the torch should be angled so that the neutral flame does not directly hit the bronze that has already been applied. Instead, it should strike at an angle and radiate enough heat from the side of the neutral flame to create a fusion between the filler rod and the bronze already in place. You should cover a larger surface area and provide more reinforcement than with either cast iron or steel to ensure enough strength for this type of work.

(138) A good bronze for welding purposes should work easily under the influence of the oxy-acetylene flame and have sufficient alloys present to take care of those destroyed by the action of the flame. It is not thought advisable to work over welds of bronze, for fear of making them porous, unless more filler-rod is added whenever the flame is brought in contact with the weld.

(138) A good bronze for welding should be easy to work with under the oxy-acetylene flame and have enough alloys to compensate for those lost due to the flame's action. It's generally not recommended to work over bronze welds, as it could create porosity, unless additional filler rod is added whenever the flame touches the weld.

(139) Welds of malleable iron can be made which will be even stronger than the surrounding metal, and at times they can be reinforced by adding small strips of steel. These can be entirely covered, to make them inconspicuous. Contrary to custom it is recommended that plenty of flux be used, for best results have been found when a surplus rather than a sparing amount has been employed.

(139) Malleable iron welds can be created that are stronger than the surrounding metal, and sometimes they can be reinforced by adding small strips of steel. These can be completely covered to make them less noticeable. Instead of following tradition, it’s advised to use a generous amount of flux, as the best results have been achieved with a surplus rather than a minimal amount.

(140) The matter of heat in malleable iron is of considerable importance. If not enough heat is used there will be no fusion between the bronze and the iron, whereas on the other hand, if too much heat is used, the bronze will not adhere, but will seem to boil on the surface and form in small globules rather than spread over the whole metal. In addition the character of the piece being worked on will be changed when heated too much. This matter of heat should be given great attention and the beginner should learn and have emphasized the fact that the proper heat is one which will permit the bronze to run like water over the surface, and this will form a good foundation to work upon.

(140) The issue of heat in malleable iron is very important. If not enough heat is applied, the bronze and iron won't fuse together; however, if too much heat is used, the bronze won’t stick, will bubble up on the surface, and will form small droplets instead of spreading evenly over the metal. Additionally, overheating will change the characteristics of the piece being worked on. It's crucial to pay close attention to the temperature, and beginners should learn that the right heat allows the bronze to flow like water across the surface, which will create a solid base to work on.

(141) In general, malleable iron work is seldom preheated, for this is not necessary if the pieces have been fitted together as closely as possible before the weld is started. Once the student has learned the flow of metal and how to reinforce his weld, he will be in a position to handle most any kind of[124] malleable iron properly. It is well to remember, however, that malleable iron is allowed to cool slowly and is not immersed in water, as has been suggested when working on brass, for here we have one metal in the piece itself and another in the weld, and too great a strain would set up if they were cooled abruptly.

(141) Generally, malleable iron work doesn't need to be preheated, as long as the pieces are fitted together as closely as possible before starting the weld. Once the student understands how metal flows and how to reinforce their weld, they’ll be able to work with most types of [124] malleable iron effectively. It's important to remember, though, that malleable iron should cool slowly and shouldn’t be immersed in water, as might be suggested for brass. This is because there are two different metals involved in the piece and the weld, and if they cool too quickly, it could create too much stress.


[125]

[125]

CHAPTER XI
Oxy-acetylene cutting

(142) By heating a bar of wrought iron or steel to a welding heat and holding it in a stream of compressed air, or a strong blast, it will at once begin to melt and sizzle, emitting an incandescent and scintillating light. This light is dangerous to observe at close range without colored glasses. The burning of the metal can be maintained for hours, without any other source of heat except that caused by the combustion of the iron. The oxy-acetylene cutting process is based upon this principle, in that a neutral flame is applied in order to heat the part being cut to the desired temperature. Once the melting-point is reached, pure oxygen under pressure is applied to maintain oxidation and force out the burned portion.

(142) By heating a bar of wrought iron or steel to welding temperature and holding it in a stream of compressed air or a strong blast, it will start to melt and sizzle, giving off an intense and sparkling light. This light is dangerous to look at closely without colored glasses. The burning of the metal can continue for hours, using no other heat source except for the heat generated by the combustion of the iron. The oxy-acetylene cutting process is based on this principle, where a neutral flame is used to heat the area being cut to the right temperature. Once the melting point is reached, pure oxygen under pressure is applied to sustain oxidation and push out the burned section.

(143) The apparatus used for cutting does not differ to any great extent from that of the welding class, except that a different torch is employed. There are combination regulators and torches manufactured, but a combination tool is always regarded by most authorities as a loss in efficiency, either on one side or another. While a low-pressure welding regulator may be used on the oxygen line for cutting, yet its use upon large work, where the pressure is high and the regulator must pass a great deal of gas very freely without freezing up, this low-pressure regulator will be a serious handicap and cause much trouble, if used.

(143) The tools used for cutting are pretty similar to those used for welding, except they use a different torch. There are regulators and torches made that combine both functions, but most experts consider a combo tool to be less efficient, either for cutting or welding. While you can use a low-pressure welding regulator on the oxygen line for cutting, it's a big disadvantage for larger jobs, where the pressure is high and the regulator needs to allow a lot of gas to flow freely without freezing up. Using a low-pressure regulator in that situation can cause significant issues.

Fig. 80.—The Cutting Torch Eats its Way through Steel of any Size with Remarkable Ease, Leaving a Clean-cut Edge. This View Shows a Cutting Torch in Operation at the Ordnance Welding School, U. S. Army.

Fig. 80.—The cutting torch effortlessly slices through steel of any size, leaving a smooth edge. This image shows a cutting torch in use at the Ordnance Welding School, U.S. Army.

(144) An ideal arrangement on the oxygen line for cutting is to have a double or “twin” regulator attached to the oxygen[126] drum, one side of which will do for welding and the other, being high-pressure type, will produce a constant flow of high-pressure gas, suitable for the cutting jet. Then when cutting is done a three-hose torch should be employed. One of its oxygen connections which governs the neutral flame can be connected to the low-pressure regulator, while the oxygen jet should be controlled by the high-pressure regulator, the third connection will furnish the acetylene gas for the preheating flame. However, in place of this three-hose arrangement, most cutting is accomplished by means of a two-hose apparatus, wherein only one hose is used to convey the oxygen from a single regulator to the torch. On such[127] apparatus much trouble is usually experienced in cutting old metals where a great deal of scale is present or in a close place where the torch is apt to get hot.

(144) An ideal setup for cutting with oxygen is to use a double or “twin” regulator connected to the oxygen[126] drum. One side is for welding, while the other, which is a high-pressure type, provides a steady flow of high-pressure gas suitable for the cutting jet. Once cutting is finished, a three-hose torch should be used. One of its oxygen connections, which controls the neutral flame, can be linked to the low-pressure regulator, while the oxygen jet should be managed by the high-pressure regulator. The third connection supplies acetylene gas for the preheating flame. However, instead of this three-hose setup, cutting is mostly done with a two-hose system, which uses just one hose to carry oxygen from a single regulator to the torch. With such[127] a system, cutting old metals, especially where there's a lot of scale or in tight spaces where the torch is likely to overheat, often presents challenges.

(145) Many times part of the scale or metal will pop up against the tip and cause the oxygen jet to flicker. This slight variation may cause an excessive pressure of oxygen to be introduced into the preheating flame momentarily, by backing up the oxygen in the cutting jet. This lean mixture of gas will generally flash back instantaneously and will deposit a layer of carbon on the inside of the tip, which causes much annoyance to the operator. This condition is to be found where there is but one oxygen line. In the two-hose arrangement this is entirely overcome, due to the independence of the pressure on each line.

(145) Often, some of the scale or metal will pop up against the tip and make the oxygen jet flicker. This small change can temporarily cause too much oxygen to flow into the preheating flame, as it backs up in the cutting jet. This lean gas mixture usually causes a flashback right away and leaves a layer of carbon inside the tip, which is quite annoying for the operator. This issue is typically found when there’s only one oxygen line. In a two-hose setup, this problem is completely avoided because the pressure in each line operates independently.

(146) The high-pressure regulator differs from the low-pressure regulator in these respects: The diaphragm, see Fig. 16, is much smaller in diameter, which makes it less sensitive, and of course much stronger. The diaphragm springs are usually much heavier; the nozzle contains a larger opening for passing gas freely without freezing; and to take care of the increased pressure on the line, usually a higher pressure working gauge is added to the regulator. Such a regulator is capable of passing much more gas than the low-pressure type, but as far as being as sensitive and maintaining a constant, absolute flow of gas, its design will not permit it to do so. In cutting, these requisites are not necessary. In welding, however, the delicate adjustment of the flame demands a very sensitive regulator and usually the larger the diameter of the diaphragm the more sensitive the adjustment.

(146) The high-pressure regulator is different from the low-pressure regulator in several ways: The diaphragm, see Fig. 16, is much smaller in diameter, making it less sensitive, but much stronger. The diaphragm springs are generally much heavier; the nozzle has a larger opening to allow gas to flow freely without freezing; and to handle the increased pressure in the line, a higher pressure working gauge is typically added to the regulator. This type of regulator can pass significantly more gas than the low-pressure version, but it is not designed to be as sensitive or to maintain a consistent, absolute flow of gas. Those specific requirements are not needed for cutting. However, in welding, the precise adjustment of the flame requires a very sensitive regulator, and usually, the larger the diameter of the diaphragm, the more sensitive the adjustment.

Fig. 81.—End Views of Cutting Tips, Showing Possible Arrangements of Preheating Flames in Regard to Oxygen Jet. The Black Circles Represent the Preheating Flames, which Vary in Number and Arrangement According to the Nature of the Work, the Possible Limit being a Continuous Circle, as Shown. The White Circles Illustrates the Oxygen Jet, which, too, Varies in Size According to the Work.

Fig. 81.—End Views of Cutting Tips, Showing Possible Arrangements of Preheating Flames in Relation to the Oxygen Jet. The Black Circles Represent the Preheating Flames, which Vary in Number and Arrangement Based on the Nature of the Work, with the Possible Limit being a Continuous Circle, as Illustrated. The White Circles Show the Oxygen Jet, which Also Varies in Size Depending on the Work.

(147) The cutting torch differs from the welding torch in many respects. The tip itself, when looking at its end, may resemble any one of the views shown in Fig. 81. In the welding torch, but one hole is to be found in the tip;[128] in the cutting tips, two or more holes are to be found. In all cases the center hole passes pure oxygen, whereas in the surrounding holes, both oxygen and acetylene mix and when lighted give a neutral flame. This will hereafter be called the preheating flame. The gases issuing from these openings are controlled by three valves, one of which may have a trigger or lever arrangement for quick action, and it will control the center jet of oxygen which really does the cutting. This is under much higher pressure than the preheating flame. The other two valves will control the oxygen and acetylene gases used for the preheating flame. In lighting such a torch, the acetylene is turned on in the same manner as has been taught when welding, until it just leaves the end of the tip. Then the oxygen valve is opened, which controls the preheating flame, and enough is permitted to pass to produce a neutral flame. As soon as this has been accomplished, the third valve should be quickly opened and held so a moment, to see if the neutral flame has been changed. Generally this operation will deprive the neutral flame of some of its oxygen, and a feather flame, showing too much[129] acetylene and not enough oxygen gas, can be noticed. This will necessitate turning on slightly more oxygen at the torch valve. The third valve is then shut off and the torch is ready to start cutting.

(147) The cutting torch is different from the welding torch in several ways. The tip, when you look at the end, might look like one of the images shown in Fig. 81. In the welding torch, there's only one hole in the tip; in cutting tips, you'll find two or more holes. In all cases, the center hole delivers pure oxygen, while the surrounding holes mix oxygen with acetylene, which creates a neutral flame when lit. This will be referred to as the preheating flame. The gases coming out of these openings are controlled by three valves. One of these might have a trigger or lever for quick action, controlling the center jet of oxygen that actually does the cutting. This oxygen is at a much higher pressure than the preheating flame. The other two valves manage the oxygen and acetylene gases for the preheating flame. When lighting the torch, the acetylene is turned on just like when welding, until it barely exits the tip. Then, the oxygen valve, which controls the preheating flame, is opened enough to create a neutral flame. Once this is achieved, the third valve should be quickly opened and held for a moment to check if the neutral flame has changed. Usually, this will reduce the neutral flame's oxygen, resulting in a feather flame, which indicates too much acetylene and not enough oxygen. This means you’ll need to increase the oxygen flow at the torch valve slightly. The third valve is then closed, and the torch is ready for cutting.

(Courtesy of the General Welding & Equipment Co.)

(Courtesy of the General Welding & Equipment Co.)

Fig. 82.—Cutting a Heavy Shaft.

Fig. 82.—Cutting a Heavy Shaft.

Fig. 83.—Position to Hold Torch in when Cutting Metal.

Fig. 83.—How to Hold the Torch When Cutting Metal.

(148) On small cutting jobs, about as much acetylene pressure is used on the line as there would be if it were a welding job. The oxygen pressure, however, is generally much greater, and a pressure anywhere from ten to two[130] hundred pounds should be used, depending upon the thickness of the metal and the conditions which must be met. In extreme cases where very heavy cuts are to be made, a much higher pressure than has been mentioned should be used, but the limitations given will cover a wide range of work. To start a cut it is necessary to bring the preheating flame in contact with one edge of the metal to be cut and play it there until the metal is red hot. As soon as this condition is reached the torch is held steady—the neutral flame just touching the metal; then the third valve controlling the cutting jet of oxygen is opened. This oxygen, under high pressure, quickly acts upon the hot metal and severs it instantaneously, melting and oxidizing the metal so that it will not flow together, in one and the same operation. As soon as this occurs the torch should be advanced as rapidly as possible in the direction the metal is to be cut. The more rapid the advancement and the steadier the torch is held the cleaner the cut will be; and incidentally, less gas consumed in the execution of the job. In cutting, as in welding, it is always well to give the torch a chance, and when the operator sees much molten metal splashing directly back on the torch, he should change the angle slightly to avoid his apparatus becoming overheated. It has been found that if the cutting[131] torch is held at the angle shown in Fig. 83, the most satisfactory results can be expected.

(148) For small cutting jobs, the acetylene pressure on the line is about the same as it would be for welding. However, the oxygen pressure is usually much higher, ranging from ten to two[130] hundred pounds, depending on the metal's thickness and the specific conditions. In extreme cases where heavy cuts are needed, even higher pressure than mentioned may be required, but the provided limits will cover a broad range of work. To start a cut, you need to move the preheating flame to one edge of the metal and hold it there until the metal turns red hot. Once it's hot enough, keep the torch steady with the neutral flame just touching the metal, then open the third valve that controls the cutting oxygen jet. This pressurized oxygen will react quickly with the hot metal and cut through it instantly, melting and oxidizing the metal so it doesn't fuse back together in one motion. As soon as this happens, move the torch as quickly as possible in the direction of the cut. The faster you advance and the steadier you hold the torch, the cleaner the cut will be, which also means less gas is used. In cutting, just like in welding, it’s good practice to give the torch time, and if the operator sees a lot of molten metal splashing back onto the torch, they should adjust the angle slightly to prevent overheating the equipment. It has been found that holding the cutting torch at the angle shown in Fig. 83 yields the best results.

(149) At the present time only such metals as steel and wrought iron can be successfully cut. When it comes to cast iron no method has yet been discovered to cut it with any degree of success by the oxy-acetylene flame, on account of the high melting-point of the oxide and various other matters. The day is looked forward to, however, when after sufficient time and study has been devoted to this subject, that cast iron can be as successfully cut as any other metal, by introducing another gas or agent to destroy some of the reactions which retard its application at the present time.

(149) Right now, only metals like steel and wrought iron can be effectively cut. No method has been found to cut cast iron successfully with the oxy-acetylene flame due to the high melting point of the oxide and other factors. However, there is hope that with enough time and research dedicated to this topic, cast iron will one day be cut as easily as any other metal by introducing a different gas or agent to eliminate some of the reactions that currently limit its use.

(150) The use of the cutting torch in preparing steel work, for welding of large size, plays an important part, in quickly and efficiently “V-ing” out and getting it ready for use. Care should be taken, after its use, to see that the heavy oxide which it leaves is largely destroyed, before any more metal is added.

(150) Using a cutting torch to prepare steel for large-scale welding is essential for quickly and efficiently creating a "V" groove and getting it ready for use. After using the torch, it's important to ensure that the heavy oxide it leaves behind is mostly removed before adding any more metal.

Fig. 84.—Method of Cutting with Two Welding Torches. Torch A is Adjusted so that a Neutral Flame will do the Preheating, while a Fork in the Oxygen Line Supplies Oxygen only to Torch B, and it does the Cutting.

Fig. 84.—How to Cut with Two Welding Torches. Torch A is set up to use a Neutral Flame for preheating, while a fork in the Oxygen line provides oxygen only to Torch B, which is used for cutting.

[132]

[132]

(151) Frequently the welder has a call for a cutting torch, where none is available, yet an extra welding torch or two may be on hand. If this is the case, two welding torches may be fastened together in such a manner that a temporary job of cutting may be handled. The arrangement shown in Fig. 84 illustrates this point. If no extra welding torch is available, a carbon burning torch or any piece of copper tubing which has a valve in one end, suitable for taking a hose connection, and the other end free to have a welding tip brazed on, can be used in the same manner. The welding torch will give the neutral flame and the extra line of oxygen will do the cutting. It is well to remember that oxygen, no matter under what pressure, cannot be expected to act upon cold metal. A red heat is absolutely necessary. There are various short cuts, it is true, in obtaining this heat, and where a large shaft is to be cut, the operator would not think of playing his torch upon such a piece of metal until it was red hot in the locality in which he wished to start his cut. This would consume too much time and gas. Generally a hammer and cold chisel are brought into play and a slight curl on the metal is obtained as shown in Fig. 85. The moment this becomes red hot, the oxygen jet may be turned on, and the cut commenced. As soon as started, the operator is able to “carry-on” at will.

(151) Often, a welder needs a cutting torch, but one isn't available, even though there might be an extra welding torch or two on hand. In this situation, two welding torches can be connected in a way that allows for a temporary cutting job. The setup shown in Fig. 84 illustrates this concept. If there isn't an extra welding torch, a carbon burning torch or any piece of copper tubing with a valve at one end suitable for a hose connection, and the other end free to have a welding tip attached, can be used similarly. The welding torch will provide the neutral flame, and the extra oxygen line will facilitate the cutting. It's important to remember that oxygen, regardless of the pressure, won't work on cold metal. A red heat is absolutely required. There are various shortcuts to achieve this heat; when cutting a large shaft, the operator wouldn’t consider applying the torch to the metal until the area where cutting will begin is red hot. Doing otherwise would waste too much time and gas. Usually, a hammer and cold chisel are used to create a slight groove in the metal, as shown in Fig. 85. Once this area is red hot, the oxygen jet can be activated, and the cut can begin. Once started, the operator can “carry on” as needed.

Fig. 85.—When no Edge is Available to Start the Cut on Large Work, Much Time may be Saved by Making a Curl with a Cold Chisel, as Shown.

Fig. 85.—When there’s no edge available to start the cut on large materials, you can save a lot of time by making a curl with a cold chisel, as shown.

[133]

[133]

(152) An armored hose is generally used on the oxygen line for cutting, as well as on the acetylene line, as there is much more pressure used in cutting than in welding. This type of hose wears much longer and does not kink to the extent that the unprotected hose does. The armor protects both lines from being burned by the melted metal, which is very apt to come in contact with the rubber, were it not protected in some manner.

(152) An armored hose is typically used on the oxygen line for cutting, as well as on the acetylene line, since there’s a lot more pressure involved in cutting than in welding. This type of hose lasts significantly longer and doesn’t kink as much as standard hoses do. The armor shields both lines from being damaged by molten metal, which would likely come into contact with the rubber if it weren’t protected in some way.

(153) The question often arises in welding circles, as to why, since the cutting torch contains a series of neutral flames, it would not be just as well to use such a method in welding, as no doubt more heat could be obtained and a greater surface handled. The answer to such a question would be, that the opportunity for oxidation is so great that successful welding could not be expected, although if this were the last means at a welder’s disposal, he would certainly be justified in making a weld in this manner. He should be very careful, however, to see that his extra oxygen supply is completely shut off and that there is no possible chance for that gas leaking into the weld.

(153) The question often comes up in welding discussions about why, since the cutting torch produces a series of neutral flames, it wouldn't make sense to use that method for welding, as it could generate more heat and cover a larger area. The answer is that the risk of oxidation is too high, making it unlikely to achieve a successful weld. However, if this were the only option available to a welder, they would be justified in proceeding with a weld this way. They should be very careful, though, to ensure that the additional oxygen supply is completely turned off and that there’s no chance of that gas leaking into the weld.

(154) To plunge a flame, such as is used in the cutting torch, under water and see it continue to burn while submerged, looks quite marvelous to the average layman. Yet in cutting piling along water fronts this is continually being done. Not only does the torch stay lighted, but it retains much of its efficiency as a cutting tool, and some instances have been recorded where cutting has been accomplished at a depth of thirty feet under the sea. It is true that the water conducts a large part of the heat away very rapidly, but to facilitate such operations, an air line is brought down which ejects air under the torch and clears the water away to some extent, but this is not necessary. In order to explain this phenomenon in a very simple way, it will be stated that nothing will burn unless oxygen is present, and the more oxygen used, up to a[134] certain point, the more rapidly will the burning take place. When submerging the cutting torch, it is presumed that the flame obtains what added oxygen is necessary from the cutting jet and this together with the velocity of the flame and its hydrogen enveloping flame permits the neutral flame to continue burning.

(154) To submerge a flame, like the one used in a cutting torch, underwater and see it continue to burn while it's submerged is quite impressive to most people. Yet, this is regularly done when cutting piles along waterfronts. Not only does the torch stay lit, but it also retains much of its effectiveness as a cutting tool. There have even been cases where cutting has been achieved at depths of thirty feet underwater. It's true that water quickly carries away a lot of heat, but to make these operations easier, an air line is brought down that blows air under the torch and clears some of the water away, although this isn't always necessary. To put this phenomenon simply, nothing burns without oxygen, and the more oxygen is supplied, up to a certain limit, the faster the burning occurs. When the cutting torch is submerged, it's assumed that the flame gets the additional oxygen it needs from the cutting jet, and this, combined with the speed of the flame and its hydrogen-encased flame, allows the neutral flame to keep burning.


[135]

[135]

CHAPTER XII
Carbon Emissions

(155) Those who are familiar with gasoline engines will know that after being used for some time, the impurities in the lubrication oil and in the gasoline, which is continually being burned, will form around the top of the piston and cylinder head in the motor. When enough has been deposited[136] and a few high points become overheated through long running, there will be a metallic knock distinctly heard when an extra strain is being exerted by the motor. This layer of impurities is called carbon and its presence means loss of power. Owing to the construction of most cylinder blocks, it is a very difficult matter to reach this portion of the block without dismantling. This requires skilled labor and means much delay. A method of removing this carbon by the oxygen process has been devised, which will save much time and trouble.

(155) Those who know about gasoline engines understand that after they’ve been in use for a while, impurities from the oil and the gasoline that’s constantly burned will build up around the top of the piston and the cylinder head. When enough deposits accumulate and some high spots overheat from prolonged running, a metallic knock can be clearly heard when the engine is under extra strain. This buildup of impurities is called carbon, and its presence indicates a loss of power. Due to the design of most cylinder blocks, getting access to this part of the block is quite challenging without disassembly. This process requires skilled labor and causes significant delays. A method to remove this carbon through an oxygen process has been developed, which will save a lot of time and hassle.

Fig. 86.—Removing Carbon from U. S. Army Truck, by the Oxygen Process, at the Ordnance Welding School.

Fig. 86.—Taking Carbon Out of a U.S. Army Truck using the Oxygen Process, at the Ordnance Welding School.

Fig. 87.—Carbon Burning Apparatus. The Small Copper Tube A is Flexible and can be Bent in any Shape Desired.

Fig. 87.—Carbon Burning Apparatus. The Small Copper Tube A is flexible and can be bent into any desired shape.

(156) To remove carbon from a gasoline engine, first shut off the gasoline in the line and allow the engine to run until all gas has been removed from the carburetor. This is merely a safety measure. If a vacuum feed is used, the vacuum tank is drained, as it would require much time for the engine to consume this amount of gas. The hood of the car is then removed and all parts of the motor on the side where the burning is to be done are covered with asbestos paper or by a heavy piece of canvas which has previously been dampened. This is to keep the sparks from dropping into the apron or oily parts of the machine. Remove the spark plugs and see from the condition of these spark plugs whether the cylinder is dry or oily. An oily cylinder will burn out much more rapidly than when dry. This can be detected very easily from the condition of the spark plugs. It is recommended that only the spark plugs be removed as the removal of the bonnet or any larger portion will require much more oxygen and will not produce as satisfactory results as when the oxygen is introduced through a small opening.

(156) To remove carbon from a gasoline engine, first shut off the gasoline flow and let the engine run until all the gas is cleared from the carburetor. This is just a safety precaution. If a vacuum feed is used, drain the vacuum tank, as it would take a long time for the engine to burn through that amount of gas. Next, take off the hood of the car and cover all parts of the engine on the side where the burning will happen with asbestos paper or a heavy piece of damp canvas. This prevents sparks from falling onto the apron or oily parts of the machine. Remove the spark plugs and check their condition to see if the cylinder is dry or oily. An oily cylinder will burn out much faster than a dry one, which can be easily determined by the state of the spark plugs. It’s recommended to only remove the spark plugs, as taking off the bonnet or any larger section will require much more oxygen and won’t yield as effective results as introducing oxygen through a small opening.

(157) Place the carbon removing apparatus, which consists of the oxygen drum, regulator, a length of hose and carbon burning torch, the latter being made up principally of a shut-off valve and a long length of small copper tubing[137] as shown at A in Fig. 87. Turn on not over twenty-five pounds oxygen pressure as far as the torch, and the apparatus is then ready to use. With the torch inserted through the spark plug hole in number one cylinder, that is, the one nearest the radiator, guide the rise of the piston until it is at the top of the stroke. This means that both intake and exhaust valves are closed. On automobiles where a self starter is used, it will be necessary to use a crank for turning over the motor. With the piston at the top of the stroke and both valves closed, there is only a small portion of the cylinder head to be worked upon and this is the part which has the carbon deposit upon it. All machined surfaces and valve seats are fully protected and will not be subjected to any exposure during the burning. If the cylinder seems very dry, a teaspoon of alcohol or kerosene may be sprayed into it through the spark plug port, to facilitate the clearing of the carbon. If the cylinder is somewhat oily, this is not necessary. A match or burning taper is then held over the hole and a stream of oxygen will carry the flame down into the cylinder and ignite the carbon. As soon as this occurs, a small cracking noise can be heard and the carbon will run around the inside of the cylinder in a heated condition. The part around the valves should be cleaned off first, before going to the inner chamber, as this process does not seem to work very well if performed the other way. A roaring noise will be in evidence and the popping of the carbon from the surface as it frees itself may frighten the operator[138] when attempting his first job, but there is absolutely no danger.

(157) Set up the carbon removal equipment, which includes the oxygen tank, regulator, a length of hose, and a carbon-burning torch, primarily made up of a shut-off valve and a long piece of small copper tubing[137] as shown at A in Fig. 87. Turn on no more than twenty-five pounds of oxygen pressure to the torch, and the equipment is ready to use. With the torch inserted through the spark plug hole in the first cylinder, which is the one closest to the radiator, guide the piston until it reaches the top of its stroke. This means both the intake and exhaust valves are closed. In cars with a self-starter, you'll need to use a crank to turn over the engine. With the piston at the top and both valves closed, only a small area of the cylinder head remains to be worked on, which is where the carbon buildup is found. All machined surfaces and valve seats are fully protected and won't be exposed during the burning process. If the cylinder seems very dry, you can spray a teaspoon of alcohol or kerosene into it through the spark plug hole to help clear the carbon. If the cylinder is somewhat oily, this step isn't necessary. A match or burning taper is then held over the hole, and a stream of oxygen will push the flame down into the cylinder to ignite the carbon. Once this happens, a small cracking noise will be heard, and the carbon will start to move around the inside of the cylinder while heated. Clean off the area around the valves first before moving to the inner chamber, as this process doesn't work well if done the other way around. You'll hear a roaring noise, and the popping sound of the carbon as it dislodges might startle the operator when doing this for the first time, but there is absolutely no danger.

(158) It must be remembered that oxygen itself does not burn, but merely assists the other inflammable material in burning, therefore it is only the carbon which is contained in the cylinder that in this case does the burning. As soon as this is all consumed, there will be nothing else to burn and the sparks will die of their own accord. When this occurs, the operator will shut off his torch, blow the cylinder out with compressed air and replace the spark plug and then proceed with the next cylinder, which he will treat in the same manner. He must be sure, however, that the piston in cylinder number two, or whatever cylinder he is working on, is moved to the top of its stroke and that both valves in that particular cylinder are closed before he starts his burning. After all cylinders have been treated like number one and the spark plugs are in position, the gasoline is turned on (if the vacuum tank has been drained, it is best to fill this), and the motor started, with the exhaust “cut off” open, in order that any loose particles of carbon may be blown out.

(158) It’s important to remember that oxygen itself doesn’t burn; it just helps other flammable materials to burn. So, in this case, it's the carbon inside the cylinder that is actually burning. Once all of that is consumed, there will be nothing left to burn, and the sparks will naturally go out. When this happens, the operator will turn off the torch, blow out the cylinder with compressed air, replace the spark plug, and then move on to the next cylinder, treating it the same way. However, he must ensure that the piston in cylinder number two, or whichever cylinder he’s working on, is at the top of its stroke and that both valves in that specific cylinder are closed before he starts the burning process. After all the cylinders have been treated like the first one and the spark plugs are in place, the gasoline is turned on (if the vacuum tank has been drained, it’s best to refill it), and the motor is started with the exhaust “cut off” open to blow out any loose carbon particles.

(159) While this process is in very common use, and seems to be very simple, there are many who go through the steps without obtaining satisfactory results. It is considered best, if possible, in attempting carbon burning for the first time, to try it on some motor which is about to be overhauled, in order that the results may be studied so that the operator will not go blindly on, without showing some improvement. Many times only the high points are burned out, which will free the motor temporarily of some of its knocks, but within a week or so they will become evident again. He who will become proficient in learning carbon burning should apply himself and study his results.

(159) While this process is very common and seems straightforward, many people go through the steps without getting satisfactory results. It's best, if possible, to try carbon burning on a motor that needs maintenance for the first time, so that the results can be analyzed and the operator doesn’t proceed without any noticeable improvement. Often, only the high points are burned out, which may temporarily reduce some of the motor's knocks, but they will likely return within a week or so. Anyone looking to become skilled in carbon burning should dedicate themselves to studying their results.

(160) There are those who consider carbon burning injurious to the motor on account of the high temperature flame[139] which they think is introduced. But it is ignorance as to the working principle of this process that makes them think this. When it is considered that a gasoline motor depends upon a rapid succession of internal explosions for its power, the folly of condemning a process of this nature, where absolutely no actual flame is used, will be seen. It is only the incandescent particles of carbon flying about that give any heat at all. After a cylinder has been burned or decarbonized, the hand can be placed upon it immediately, without any fear of being burned. Those motors equipped with aluminum pistons may be handled in the same way as those of cast iron, and when properly used this method of decarbonization is very satisfactory.

(160) Some people think burning carbon is harmful to the engine because of the intense heat from the flame[139] that they believe is created. However, this misunderstanding comes from not knowing how the process actually works. When you realize that a gasoline engine relies on a rapid series of internal explosions for power, it becomes clear that criticizing this method—where no actual flame is present—is misguided. The only source of heat comes from glowing carbon particles in the air. After a cylinder has been cleaned or decarbonized, you can touch it immediately without worrying about getting burned. Engines with aluminum pistons can be handled just like those made of cast iron, and when used correctly, this decarbonization method works very well.

(161) Many times it is asked how often carbon burning is to be recommended. This will all depend upon the type of motor, its condition, and to some extent, upon the lubricating oil and gasoline used, as well as the mileage of the car. If a machine is being run continually, it may be necessary to have the carbon removed about every two months, but conditions will tend to lengthen or shorten this time as the case may be. When the knocks are in evidence, and the loss of power is noticed, it is time for the carbon to be removed, and whether this is one month or two it is an error to continue running the car which is filled with carbon. Invariably the carbon burner is asked by his customer whether carbon burning will regrind valves; this and many other questions can be intelligently answered and explained to the questioner’s satisfaction if a careful study of the process is made.

(161) People often ask how frequently carbon cleaning is recommended. This largely depends on the type of engine, its condition, and to some extent, the lubricating oil and gasoline used, as well as the car's mileage. If a vehicle is being used constantly, it might be necessary to remove carbon about every two months, but various factors can either extend or shorten this timeframe. When you start noticing knocking sounds and a loss of power, it's time to have the carbon removed, and whether this happens in one month or two, it’s a mistake to keep driving a car that’s filled with carbon. Customers consistently ask the carbon cleaner whether carbon cleaning will grind the valves; this and many other questions can be effectively answered and explained to the customer's satisfaction if there's a thorough understanding of the process.

(Courtesy of the British Oxygen Co.)

(Courtesy of the British Oxygen Co.)

Fig. 88.—Photograph Showing Square Piece Cut Out of a Steel Block 9 Inches Thick.

Fig. 88.—Photograph Showing Square Piece Cut Out of a Steel Block 9 Inches Thick.

(Courtesy of the Davis-Bournonville Co.)

(Courtesy of the Davis-Bournonville Co.)

Fig. 89.—This is an Electrically Driven Oxy-acetylene Cutting Machine for Making Duplicate Cuts on Steel from a Drawing. Dies and many Irregular Forms may be Produced at Low Cost by it.

Fig. 89.—This is an electrically powered oxy-acetylene cutting machine designed for making duplicate cuts on steel from a drawing. It can produce dies and various irregular shapes at a low cost.

(Courtesy of the Davis-Bournonville Co.)

(Courtesy of the Davis-Bournonville Co.)

Fig. 90.—This Shows a Motor-driven Oxy-acetylene Device Particularly Adapted to Cutting Plates or Sheets into Round, Oval, or Irregular Forms with either Straight or Beveled Edges.

Fig. 90.—This shows a motor-powered oxy-acetylene tool specifically designed for cutting plates or sheets into round, oval, or irregular shapes with either straight or beveled edges.

Conclusion

(162) In drawing this elementary course in oxy-acetylene welding to a close, the author wishes to again call attention to the fact that this course is merely to be considered as a[140-
141]
foundation upon which to build. An effort has been made to confine the student’s line of thought exclusively to the actual welding of the various metals and an intimate knowledge of the tools necessary to accomplish this. Technical terms have been avoided as much as possible, and history, as well as the generation of the various gases, have been considered only of secondary importance and have been purposely omitted. Many repetitions have been made to place emphasis upon certain points and methods. It is hoped that the student who pursues this course if he has been restricted to the use[142] of only one apparatus will realize that there are many such on the market, each one of which may have its advantages, but if the general rules, as outlined, are followed, he will not have much difficulty or be covered with confusion if called upon to operate different makes of apparatus for the first time. If he sees that there is gas pressure on his lines, he should not hesitate, thereby showing his ignorance of that particular type of apparatus, rather let him turn on one valve, and direct the stream of gas toward his nostrils. He can then readily determine whether it is the fuel gas or not and knowing that oxygen will not burn he can turn his[143-
144]
fuel gas on and proceed without showing any concern. It might be said that confidence in one’s self is the keynote of success, and this is imperative to make an expert welder, but to the man who studies the flame action on his metals and appreciates the apparatus to the fullest extent, there is a very bright future.

(162) As we wrap up this basic course in oxy-acetylene welding, the author wants to emphasize that this course is just a[140-
141]
starting point. The focus has been directed strictly on the actual welding of different metals and a thorough understanding of the necessary tools. We've tried to avoid technical lingo as much as possible and have only briefly touched on history and the production of various gases, as they aren’t the main focus. Some points and methods have been repeated for emphasis. It’s hoped that students who take this course will realize that even if they've only used one type of equipment, there are many options available, each with its own benefits. If the basic principles outlined here are followed, they shouldn't face much confusion when operating different equipment for the first time. If they notice gas pressure in their lines, they shouldn’t hesitate out of ignorance of that particular equipment. They should instead open one valve and direct the gas stream toward their nostrils. This will help them easily identify whether it’s the fuel gas, and knowing that oxygen won’t ignite, they can turn on their fuel gas and proceed confidently. It could be said that self-confidence is key to success, essential for becoming an expert welder. However, for those who examine the flame’s behavior on metals and fully understand the equipment, a bright future awaits.

Fig. 91.—Quick, Permanent Repairs are Made on Large Supply Trucks in the U. S. Army by its Corps of Trained Welders. This View Shows an Individual Welding Unit in Operation at the U. S. Army (Ordnance) Welding School.

Fig. 91.—Fast, Lasting Repairs are Done on Large Supply Trucks in the U.S. Army by its Trained Welding Corps. This Image Shows a Welding Unit in Action at the U.S. Army (Ordnance) Welding School.

(Courtesy of Ben K. Smith, U. S. Welding Co.)

(Courtesy of Ben K. Smith, U. S. Welding Co.)

Fig. 92.—This Cylinder did not Require to be Bored or have any other Machine Work Performed, but was Placed in Service Directly after Welding and has been Serving for over Three Years.

Fig. 92.—This cylinder didn’t need to be bored or have any other machine work done; it was put into service right after welding and has been in use for over three years.

(163) The welder who desires the best results should procure the best apparatus possible to fill his requirements. The cost of such is only of secondary importance, the hazard attached to cheaply constructed apparatus and the loss of gas, time and the execution of faulty work and the depreciation of the welder’s reputation, are matters of vital importance. The supplies too, such as filler-rods and the like, should be obtained only from reliable welding companies who have their own shops in which they may test them. It is false economy indeed, to attempt to save a few cents on filling materials, for many dollars’ worth of time and gas may be lost on account of the failure of the metal added.

(163) A welder who wants the best results should get the best equipment possible to meet their needs. The cost is only a secondary concern; the risks associated with low-quality equipment, along with wasted gas, time, poor workmanship, and damage to the welder's reputation, are critical issues. Supplies, like filler rods and similar materials, should only be sourced from reputable welding companies that have their own facilities to test them. It's a false savings to try to cut costs on filler materials, as a minor saving can lead to significant losses in time and gas due to the failure of the added metal.

(164) There are a few illustrations set forth herein, to show what has been accomplished in the way of machine construction used in adapting the oxy-acetylene process to the requirements of various manufacturers. These will tend to show to some extent what the future has in store for this wonderful process.

(164) Here are a few illustrations included to demonstrate what has been achieved in machine construction for adapting the oxy-acetylene process to the needs of different manufacturers. These will give an idea of what the future holds for this amazing process.

(165) It has been rightly stated that oxy-acetylene welding is yet in its infancy. The torches, regulators and in fact all parts of the apparatus are constantly being improved. The process of cutting cast iron must still be solved, so it will again be stated that it behooves those who are interested in this work to apply themselves to the great future in store for them.

(165) It's been correctly noted that oxy-acetylene welding is still developing. The torches, regulators, and basically every part of the equipment are continuously being enhanced. The method for cutting cast iron still needs to be figured out, so it's important for those interested in this field to dedicate themselves to the promising future ahead.


[145]

[145]

GLOSSARY
DEFINITIONS OF TERMS AND WORDS USED IN OXY-ACETYLENE WELDING AND CUTTING

Acetone. A liquid which is capable of absorbing twenty-five times its volume of acetylene gas under normal temperature and pressure. Employed as a solvent in the acetylene cylinder.

Acetone. A liquid that can absorb twenty-five times its volume of acetylene gas at normal temperature and pressure. Used as a solvent in the acetylene cylinder.

Acetylene. An inflammable gas used for welding and cutting.

Acetylene gas. A flammable gas used for welding and cutting.

Acetylene Cylinder. A steel tank filled with porous material and acetone, in which acetylene gas is stored.

Acetylene Tank. A steel tank filled with a porous substance and acetone, where acetylene gas is kept.

Adapter. A brass fitting used to connect regulators to different cylinders.

Adapter. A brass piece used to connect regulators to different tanks.

Alignment. State of being in line.

Alignment. Being in sync.

Alloy. Metal which is added to another metal. A mixture of two or more entirely different metals.

Alloy. A type of metal that's combined with another metal. It's a blend of two or more completely different metals.

Angle Iron. A steel bar, the cross-section of which forms an angle of 90 degrees.

Angle iron. A steel bar with a cross-section that creates a 90-degree angle.

Asbestos. A fibrous material not affected by fire. Usually supplied in sheets or shredded.

Asbestos. A fibrous material that doesn't catch fire. Typically available in sheets or shredded form.

Autogenous Welding. The process of uniting two pieces of metal together by fusing without additional metal being added, and without the aid of hammering.

Self-welding. The process of joining two pieces of metal by melting them together without adding extra metal and without using a hammer.

Babbitted. Lined with Babbitt metal. Generally found in bearings.

Babbitted. Coated with Babbitt metal. Usually seen in bearings.

Back Fire. The popping out of the torch flame, due to a slight explosion of the mixed gas between the torch tip and the mixing chamber.

Backfire. The flame from the torch flares up because of a small explosion of the mixed gas between the torch tip and the mixing chamber.

Bearing. Support or wearing surface for a revolving shaft.

Bearing. A support or surface that allows a rotating shaft to move smoothly.

Bevel. To cut or form at an angle.

Bevel. To cut or shape at an angle.

Beveled Edge. An edge cut or formed at an angle.

Beveled Edge. An edge that is cut or shaped at an angle.

Blowhole. A hole or cavity formed by trapped gas in metal.

Blowhole. A hole or cavity created by trapped gas in metal.

Blowpipe. A torch which mixes and burns gases producing high-temperature flames. The term TORCH is given preference in oxy-acetylene welding and cutting.

Blow tube. A torch that combines and burns gases to create high-temperature flames. The term Flashlight is preferred in oxy-acetylene welding and cutting.

[146]

[146]

Brazing. Uniting metals with brass or bronze by means of heat.

Brazing. Joining metals with brass or bronze using heat.

Brazing Wire. A filler-rod of brass or bronze used in brazing.

Brazing Wire. A filler rod made of brass or bronze used in brazing.

Butt Joint. A joint made by butting two edges together.

Butt Joint. A joint created by bringing two edges together.

Cap. A metal cover used to protect cylinder valves.

Cap. A metal cover used to protect cylinder valves.

Carbon Blocks. Carbon in block form. Used to assist in building up parts that are to be added. They may be ground to any shape desired.

Carbon Blocks. Carbon in block form. Used to help build up parts that are going to be added. They can be shaped as needed.

Carbon Rods. Carbon in rod form. Employed to save holes around which the metal is melted.

Carbon rods. Carbon in the shape of rods. Used to protect areas during the melting of metal.

Carbonizing Flame. A flame with an excess of acetylene gas.

Carbonizing Flame. A flame that has too much acetylene gas.

Contraction. The shrinkage of metal due to cooling.

Contract. The reduction in size of metal when it cools down.

Cross-bar. Hand screw for adjusting the passage of gas through the regulator.

Crossbar. Hand screw for adjusting the flow of gas through the regulator.

Cutting Jet. Central jet of oxygen issuing from tip of cutting torch.

Cutting-edge Jet. The central jet of oxygen coming out from the tip of the cutting torch.

Cutting Torch. A torch with one or more heating jets and an oxygen jet, used for cutting metals in the oxy-acetylene process.

Cutting torch. A torch with one or more heating jets and an oxygen jet, used for cutting metals in the oxy-acetylene process.

Cylinder. A tank containing gas under pressure.

Cylinder. A container holding gas under pressure.

Ductile. That property which permits metal being formed or drawn into different shapes without breaking.

Flexible. That quality that allows metal to be shaped or stretched into various forms without breaking.

Expansion. Increase in size due to heating.

Expansion. Increase in size from heating.

Filler-rod. A rod or wire used to supply additional metal to the weld.

Filler rod. A rod or wire used to add extra metal to the weld.

Fillet Weld. A weld made in a corner.

Fillet Weld. A weld created in a corner.

Flame Propagation. The rate at which a flame will travel.

Fire Spread. The speed at which a flame moves.

Flash Back. The burning back of the gases to the mixing chamber or possibly farther.

Flashback. The flames from the gases return to the mixing chamber or maybe even further.

Flux. Chemical powder used to dissolve the oxides and clean the metal when welding.

Flow. A chemical powder used to remove oxides and clean the metal during welding.

Gas. Erroneously applied to acetylene gas alone. Both oxygen and acetylene are in the form of gas.

Gasoline. Incorrectly used to refer only to acetylene gas. Both oxygen and acetylene exist in gaseous form.

Gauge. An instrument for measuring pressures of gases.

Gauge. A tool for measuring gas pressures.

Generator. A device for manufacturing gas. Usually specified as acetylene generator or oxygen generator.

Generator. A device for producing gas. Typically referred to as an acetylene generator or oxygen generator.

Grain. The arrangement of the molecules or crystals which make up a metal.

Grains. The way the molecules or crystals are organized in a metal.

Horizontal Welding. Welding in a level position.

Horizontal Welding. Welding done in a flat position.

I-beam. A steel bar with the cross-section of an I. Sometimes called EYE BEAM.

I-beam. A steel bar shaped like the letter I. It’s sometimes referred to as Laser focus.

Line. Hose or pipe carrying gas.

Gas line.

[147]

[147]

Manifold. A header with outlets or branches by which several cylinders of gas may be used in batteries.

Many. A header with outlets or branches that allows multiple gas cylinders to be used in batteries.

Monel Metal. An alloy of copper and nickel.

Monel metal. An alloy made from copper and nickel.

Nipple. A short piece of pipe.

Nipple. A short pipe.

Overhead Welding. Welding with the torch overhead.

Welding overhead. Welding using the torch above your head.

Oxidation. A combination with oxygen.

Oxidation. A reaction with oxygen.

Oxide. A coating or scale formed by oxygen combining with metal.

Oxide. A layer or film created when oxygen reacts with metal.

Oxidizing Flame. A flame with an excess of oxygen gas.

Oxidizing Flame. A flame that has more oxygen gas than usual.

Oxygen. A non-inflammable gas used in oxy-acetylene welding and cutting.

O2. A non-flammable gas used in oxy-acetylene welding and cutting.

Oxygen Cylinder. A steel tank for storing and shipping oxygen. Available for commercial work in 100, 200, and 250 cubic-foot sizes. The oxygen is compressed as free gas to 1800 pounds pressure at 68 degrees Fahrenheit.

Oxygen Tank. A steel container for storing and transporting oxygen. Available for commercial use in 100, 200, and 250 cubic-foot sizes. The oxygen is compressed as free gas to 1800 pounds of pressure at 68 degrees Fahrenheit.

Peening. Stretching the surface of cold metal by use of the hammer.

Peening. Strengthening the surface of cold metal using a hammer.

Penetration. A thorough welding completely through the joint of the pieces or parts being fused.

Penetration. A complete weld that goes all the way through the joint of the pieces or parts being joined.

Preheating. The heating of a metal part previous to welding. Generally used to prevent strains or distortion from contraction and expansion; also to save gas.

Preheat. The process of heating a metal part before welding. This is typically done to avoid stress or distortion from contraction and expansion, and it also helps to conserve gas.

Pool. A small body of molten metal formed by the torch flame.

Swimming pool. A small puddle of melted metal created by the flame of the torch.

Puddle Stick. A steel rod flattened at one end, used to break up oxides, remove dirt and build up additional metal. Particularly helpful in welding cast aluminum.

Puddle Jumper. A steel rod with one end flattened, used to break up oxides, clean dirt, and add more metal. Especially useful for welding cast aluminum.

Puddling. The manipulation of the filler-rod or the puddle-stick in such a manner as to break up oxides, remove dirt, and aid in securing a good fusion of the metal.

Puddle formation. The process of moving the filler rod or puddle stick to break up oxides, get rid of dirt, and help achieve a strong fusion of the metal.

Reducing Flame. (See Carbonizing Flame.)

Lowering the Flame. (See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.)

Reducing Valve. (See Regulator.)

Pressure Regulator. (See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.)

Regulator. A device for reducing and maintaining a uniform pressure of gas from cylinders, generators or shop lines.

Regulator. A device that reduces and keeps a consistent pressure of gas from cylinders, generators, or shop lines.

Scale. A coating of oxide on fused iron or steel that breaks off as the metal cools.

Scale. A layer of oxide on melted iron or steel that flakes off as the metal cools.

Scaling Powder. A name given flux.

Scaling Powder. A name for flux.

Slag. The oxidized metal and scale blown out when cutting.

Slag. The oxidized metal and residue expelled during cutting.

Soldering. Uniting metals by fusing with a different metal which has a much lower melting-point than the pieces to be joined. The use of a lead, tin and zinc alloy is called soft soldering. Hard soldering is similar to brazing.

Soldering. Joining metals by melting a different metal with a much lower melting point than the pieces being connected. Using a combination of lead, tin, and zinc is known as soft soldering. Hard soldering is similar to brazing.

Tacking. Fusing pieces together at one or more places.

Tacking. Joining pieces together at one or more points.

[148]

[148]

Tip. A copper or brass nozzle for a welding or cutting torch.

Advice. A copper or brass nozzle for a welding or cutting torch.

V. Angle or groove between two beveled edges prepared for welding.

V. Angle or groove between two beveled edges set up for welding.

V-block. Block cut out in the shape of a V, or angle iron, used in lining up shafts.

V-block. A block shaped like a V or angle iron, used for aligning shafts.

Valve. A device for shutting off the passage of gas.

Valve. A device used to stop the flow of gas.

Vertical Welding. Welding as applied to an upright position.

Vertical Welding. Welding done in a standing position.

Welding Rod. Material used to supply additional metal to the weld. (See Filler-rod.)

Welding stick. Material used to provide extra metal to the weld. (See Filler-rod.)


[149]

[149]

LECTURES

Note.—In order to determine whether the student is obtaining the information desired it is sometimes thought fitting to give written examinations. These serve as an index as to what the student has learned and what he has not. They also let the instructor know whether he is making every point clear in his training.

Note.—To figure out if the student is getting the information they need, it's sometimes considered appropriate to give written tests. These tests indicate what the student has learned and what they haven't. They also help the instructor understand whether they are explaining each point clearly in their teaching.

The following questions fit in with each chapter or part thereof and are merely a suggestion for the instructor who has no course of training outlined. With one or two exceptions all answers to these questions may be found within the manual. There are a few misleading questions purposely inserted to see if the student is thinking for himself.

The following questions correspond to each chapter or part of it and are just suggestions for instructors who don't have a set training program. With one or two exceptions, all the answers to these questions can be found in the manual. A few misleading questions have been intentionally included to check if the student is thinking independently.

LECTURE NUMBER ONE
Subject—Equipment

1. Name the different classes into which oxy-acetylene welding apparatus may be divided and explain the principles upon which this classification depends.

1. Name the different types of oxy-acetylene welding equipment and explain the principles behind this classification.

2. Illustrate by line sketches the various locations of the mixing chambers for the oxygen and acetylene gases in welding torches.

2. Show with line drawings the different placements of the mixing chambers for the oxygen and acetylene gases in welding torches.

3. (a) Where is the logical location for the mixing chamber in welding torches employed in automobile and tractor repair work?

3. (a) Where is the ideal place for the mixing chamber in welding torches used in car and tractor repair work?

(b) Give reasons for so thinking.

(b) Provide reasons for thinking this way.

4. How is the torch and the welding tips treated after repeated “flash-backs” have taken place?

4. How are the torch and the welding tips handled after multiple “flash-backs” occur?

5. Describe briefly the working principles of a regulator and illustrate with a simple sketch.

5. Briefly explain how a regulator works and include a simple sketch to illustrate.

6. Explain the difference between high and low-pressure regulators.

6. Explain the difference between high-pressure and low-pressure regulators.

7. (a) Can acetylene regulators be interchanged with oxygen regulators with perfect safety? Explain why.

7. (a) Can acetylene regulators be swapped with oxygen regulators safely? Explain why.

(b) How is it possible, in majority of cases, to distinguish in a very[150] simple manner, between oxygen and acetylene regulators, when no gauges are attached?

(b) How can you usually tell the difference between oxygen and acetylene regulators easily, when there are no gauges attached?

(c) Why does this difference exist?

(c) Why does this difference exist?

8. (a) Why should all tension upon diaphragm springs be removed before admitting gas under pressure to the regulator?

8. (a) Why should all tension on diaphragm springs be released before allowing gas under pressure into the regulator?

(b) Can a regulator which has been abused in this manner be repaired?

(b) Can a regulator that has been misused like this be fixed?

(c) What can be employed as a fitting substitute for gallilith?

(c) What can be used as a suitable replacement for galalith?

9. Explain why the high-pressure gauge on the acetylene regulator cannot be used as an index to the contents of the attached cylinder of gas in exactly the same manner as the oxygen high-pressure gauge.

9. Explain why the high-pressure gauge on the acetylene regulator can't be used to measure the contents of the attached gas cylinder in the same way as the oxygen high-pressure gauge.

10. Why is glycerine used as a substitute for oil when regrinding torch valve-seats with emery powder, and with lead-oxide in the caulking of leaky joints along the line?

10. Why is glycerin used instead of oil when regrinding torch valve seats with emery powder, and with lead oxide in sealing leaky joints along the line?

LECTURE NUMBER TWO
Subject—Operation

1. (a) Under what pressure is oxygen gas received in the cylinders used commercially?

1. (a) What is the pressure at which oxygen gas is stored in cylinders used for commercial purposes?

(b) Does this pressure vary to any great extent with changes in temperature?

(b) Does this pressure change significantly with variations in temperature?

2. (a) Under what pressure is acetylene gas received in the cylinders used commercially?

2. (a) What pressure is acetylene gas stored at in the cylinders used for commercial purposes?

(b) Does this pressure vary to any great extent with changes in temperature?

b) Does this pressure change significantly with temperature changes?

3. (a) In setting-up apparatus for the first time, or in attaching regulators to new cylinders, what precaution should be observed regarding cross-bar on regulators before the gas is turned on?

3. (a) When setting up equipment for the first time or connecting regulators to new cylinders, what precaution should be taken regarding the cross-bar on regulators before turning on the gas?

(b) Where should the operator stand when turning on the gas?

(b) Where should the operator stand when turning on the gas?

4. (a) How much pressure should be placed on the oxygen hose, when the torch-valves are closed, before starting to operate with a medium-sized tip?

4. (a) How much pressure should be applied to the oxygen hose when the torch valves are closed, before beginning to use a medium-sized tip?

(b) How much pressure should be placed on the acetylene hose, when the torch-valves are closed, before starting to operate with a medium-sized tip?

(b) How much pressure should be put on the acetylene hose when the torch valves are closed before starting to use a medium-sized tip?

5. (a) After both the oxygen and acetylene gases are in the line hoses as far as the torch, which valve on the torch is opened first in order to light?

5. (a) After both the oxygen and acetylene gases are in the line hoses up to the torch, which valve on the torch should be opened first to light it?

(b) What would happen if the other torch-valve were opened first?

(b) What would happen if the other torch valve was opened first?

[151]

[151]

(c) What would likely occur if both valves were opened before torch was lighted?

(c) What would probably happen if both valves were opened before the torch was lit?

6. (a) How is it possible, when lighting torch, to determine whether enough pressure is on the acetylene line without looking at gauge?

6. (a) How can you tell if there's enough pressure on the acetylene line when lighting the torch without checking the gauge?

(b) How is it possible, in the case of oxygen pressure?

(b) How can this happen with oxygen pressure?

7. (a) What is meant by a neutral flame?

7. (a) What does a neutral flame mean?

(b) How hot is a neutral oxy-acetylene flame?

(b) How hot is a neutral oxy-acetylene flame?

(c) Is the temperature of a neutral flame the same whether large or small tip is used?

(c) Is the temperature of a neutral flame the same whether a large or small tip is used?

8. (a) If too much acetylene gas is used, how will the flame be affected?

8. (a) If too much acetylene gas is used, what will happen to the flame?

(b) What action will this have on the weld?

(b) What effect will this have on the weld?

9. (a) If too much oxygen gas is used, how will the flame be affected?

9. (a) If too much oxygen gas is used, what will happen to the flame?

(b) What action will this have on the weld?

(b) What will this do to the weld?

10. (a) Explain briefly how apparatus is shut-off, when not to be used for several hours or more.

10. (a) Briefly explain how to turn off the equipment when it won’t be used for several hours or more.

(b) Why should particular care be taken to see that acetylene cylinders are tightly closed when empty?

(b) Why is it important to make sure that empty acetylene cylinders are tightly closed?

(c) What action does oxygen have on oils and greases?

(c) What effect does oxygen have on oils and greases?

LECTURE NUMBER THREE
Subject—Cast Iron Welding
(Part One)

1. (a) How is it possible to distinguish cast iron from such metals as malleable iron?

1. (a) How can we tell cast iron apart from metals like malleable iron?

(b) From semi-cast iron?

From semi-cast iron?

(c) From cast steel?

From cast steel?

2. (a) What kind metal is used in making “filler-rod” used in the welding of cast iron?

2. (a) What type of metal is used to make the “filler rod” used in welding cast iron?

(b) What general rule can be laid down as to the relation of the metal in the “filler-rod” to the metal to be welded?

(b) What general rule can be established regarding the relationship between the metal in the “filler-rod” and the metal being welded?

3. (a) What are the characteristics of good cast iron “filler-rods”?

3. (a) What makes a good cast iron “filler rod”?

(b) Can piston rings and other small scraps of cast iron be used successfully as “filler-rods”? Explain why.

(b) Can piston rings and other small pieces of cast iron be used effectively as "filler rods"? Explain why.

4. (a) What is the purpose of a flux?

4. (a) What is the purpose of a flux?

(b) Is a flux used in the welding of cast iron?

(b) Is flux used when welding cast iron?

5. (a) Name one formula for making a cast-iron flux?

5. (a) Name one recipe for making a cast-iron flux?

(b) How often is the flux applied, and by what means?

(b) How often is the flux applied, and what methods are used?

(c) In what condition are fluxes kept when not in use?

(c) How are fluxes stored when not in use?

[152]

[152]

6. (a) How should the flame be held in the welding of all cast iron?

6. (a) How should the flame be positioned when welding cast iron?

(b) When and how is the “filler-rod” added to the weld?

(b) When and how is the “filler rod” added to the weld?

7. (a) Name the one principal cause of blow-holes and hard spots in the weld.

7. (a) Identify the main cause of blow-holes and hard spots in the weld.

(b) Mention some of the others.

(b) Mention some of the others.

8. (a) When is it advisable to grind, or “V” out, the ends of the pieces to be welded?

8. (a) When is it a good idea to grind, or "V" out, the ends of the pieces that need to be welded?

(b) When is it not advisable?

(b) When is it not a good idea?

9. (a) Does the application of heat cause contraction or expansion in metals?

9. (a) Does applying heat make metals contract or expand?

(b) Are there any excepts to this rule? Name one.

(b) Are there any exceptions to this rule? Name one.

10. (a) Were two cast-iron bars measuring 2 × 12 inches and ¹⁄₂-inch thick, to be welded, end to end, what precaution should be observed in laying out, if the finished job is to measure just 24 inches long?

10. (a) If two cast-iron bars measuring 2 × 12 inches and ½-inch thick are to be welded together end to end, what precaution should be taken during layout to ensure the finished product is exactly 24 inches long?

(b) In what respect would this problem differ were the bars only 6 inches originally and the finished job to measure 12 inches overall?

(b) How would this problem be different if the bars were only 6 inches to begin with and the final product measured 12 inches in total?

(c) Is the action of the metal in the weld a constant, or a variable quantity depending upon the length of the bar in this problem?

(c) Is the behavior of the metal in the weld consistent, or does it change depending on the length of the bar in this problem?

LECTURE NUMBER FOUR
Subject—Welding Cast Iron
(Part Two)

11. (a) How could a spoke, broken midway between the hub and rim, of a 24-inch, 4-spoke wheel (otherwise intact) be welded without preheating? (Use a sketch if necessary to make method clear.)

11. (a) How can you weld a spoke that’s broken halfway between the hub and rim of a 24-inch, 4-spoke wheel (which is otherwise in good condition) without preheating? (Use a sketch if needed to explain the method clearly.)

(b) If a wheel of like size were broken only in the rim, midway between spokes, explain procedure in welding without preheating.

(b) If a wheel of the same size is broken only at the rim, halfway between the spokes, explain the process of welding it without preheating.

(c) Same sized wheel, broken only in hub;—can weld be made without preheating? Give reasons for so thinking.

(c) Same sized wheel, broken only at the hub;—can welding be done without preheating? Provide reasons for your thoughts.

(d) Were breaks (a), (b) and (c) all present in same wheel, with rim fracture on opposite side of adjoining spoke from break in hub, should welding be started at rim or hub? Why?

(d) If breaks (a), (b), and (c) are all present in the same wheel, with a rim fracture on the opposite side of the adjoining spoke from the break in the hub, should welding be started at the rim or the hub? Why?

12. (a) In the building up of broken or missing teeth in cast-iron gears, what procedure is necessary when no carbon blocks are available for forms?

12. (a) When repairing broken or missing teeth in cast-iron gears, what steps should be taken if carbon blocks for forms are not available?

(b) If certain carbon centers from dry cell batteries are obtainable how should they be treated before allowing molten metal to come in direct contact with them?

(b) If certain carbon centers from dry cell batteries can be obtained, how should they be prepared before letting molten metal come into direct contact with them?

[153]

[153]

(c) What very important point must be uppermost in mind when dental work on gears is being done?

(c) What crucial point should always be kept in mind when dental work on gears is being done?

(d) Explain precautions taken in allowing work of this nature to cool.

(d) Explain the precautions taken to let work of this type cool down.

13. (a) Realizing that hard spots occur in most welds executed by the new welder and having learned the cause of their presence and how to overcome them, would it not be possible to utilize this process for hardening parts which were subject to much wear and little strain? Explain procedure.

13. (a) Knowing that hard spots show up in most welds made by the new welder and understanding why they happen and how to fix them, could we use this process to harden parts that experience a lot of wear but not much stress? Describe the procedure.

(b) Why is it necessary to preheat such pieces as the following before the weld is attempted; broken water-jackets on gas-engine cylinders, usually brought about by freezing, and holes or cracks in crank cases, caused by the loosening of a connection rod; when lugs on the same cylinder, the arms on the same crank case can be welded without preheating, and ofttimes without even dismantling the motor?

(b) Why is it necessary to preheat certain components like broken water jackets on gas engine cylinders, often due to freezing, and holes or cracks in crankcases, caused by a loose connecting rod, while lugs on the same cylinder and the arms on the same crankcase can be welded without preheating, and often without even taking the motor apart?

LECTURE NUMBER FIVE
Subject—Welding Cast Iron
(Part Three)

14. Describe fully the manner in which two cast-iron bars measuring 1 × 6 inches and 24 inches long, are welded end to end, citing preparations, precautions, and the procedure and materials necessary to execute and carry the weld through to a cool state.

14. Describe in detail how to weld two cast-iron bars that are 1 × 6 inches and 24 inches long, joining them end to end. Include the preparations, precautions, and the procedure and materials needed to complete the weld and allow it to cool.

Note.—Both gases are in the line hoses as far as the welding torch.

Note.—Both gases are in the supply hoses leading up to the welding torch.

LECTURE NUMBER SIX
Subject—Cast Iron Welding
(Part Four)

15. (a) Are water jackets on cast-iron cylinder blocks welded in a cold, or a preheated condition?

15. (a) Are water jackets on cast-iron cylinder blocks welded when cold or after they are preheated?

(b) Is this true under all conditions?

(b) Is this true in every situation?

(c) If a crack were found in the combustion head of a cylinder block and the entire water jacket and cylinder were cast in one, how should this job be prepared in order to make a successful weld?

(c) If a crack is found in the combustion head of a cylinder block and the entire water jacket and cylinder are cast as one piece, how should this job be set up to ensure a successful weld?

(d) In welding a broken lug on the base of a cylinder block how should lug appear after weld is cold?

(d) When welding a broken lug on the base of a cylinder block, how should the lug look after the weld has cooled?

[154]

[154]

LECTURE NUMBER SEVEN
Subject—Gear

1. Describe the operation, step by step, taken to set up an oxy-acetylene welding plant, from the assembling of the parts, right through, until a neutral welding flame is obtained. (If a sketch, with the gas cylinders and parts numbered 1, 2, 3, etc., will assist in making description clear, it may be used.)

1. Describe the process, step by step, to set up an oxy-acetylene welding station, from putting the parts together all the way through to achieving a balanced welding flame. (If a sketch with the gas cylinders and parts labeled 1, 2, 3, etc., will help clarify the description, it may be included.)

2. (a) Is it desirable to have a planed metal, or a brick-top table for welding purposes?

2. (a) Is it better to have a smooth metal table or a brick-top table for welding?

(b) Explain why.

(b) Explain why.

3. Outline and describe briefly, a simple method of building a popular type of welding table.

3. Give an outline and a brief description of a straightforward way to build a common type of welding table.

4. (a) What is the name and style of bricks used in the welding shop?

4. (a) What are the name and style of the bricks used in the welding shop?

(b) Name at least three purposes for which these bricks are used.

(b) Name at least three purposes for which these bricks are used.

5. (a) Why does an emery wheel play such an important part in the oxy-acetylene welding industry?

5. (a) Why is an emery wheel so important in the oxy-acetylene welding industry?

(b) Why is it desirable to have a flexible shaft attachment for the emery wheel, if possible?

(b) Why is it beneficial to have a flexible shaft attachment for the emery wheel, if possible?

(c) Name some of the important things a flexible shaft attachment is used for in the preparation and finishing of welds.

(c) Name some important uses of a flexible shaft attachment in preparing and finishing welds.

6. (a) In what kind of containers is retort cement purchased in the commercial world?

6. (a) In what types of containers is retort cement sold in the market?

(b) Where is retort cement used in the welding shop?

(b) Where is retort cement used in the welding shop?

(c) How does it differ from the ordinary clay or putty?

(c) How is it different from regular clay or putty?

7. (a) Why should a blacksmith forge be added to the welding shop equipment if one is obtainable?

7. (a) Why should a blacksmith forge be included in the welding shop equipment if it's available?

(b) What two important tasks is a forge used for in the welding shop?

(b) What are the two main purposes of a forge in the welding shop?

8. (a) It is essential that several pails of water be located throughout the shop; why should this be necessary?

8. (a) It's important to have several buckets of water placed around the shop; why is this necessary?

(b) Mention a few instances where water is required in the welding shop.

(b) Mention a few situations where water is needed in the welding shop.

9. Explain fully why great care should be exercised in ventilating a shop where commercial welding is being done.

9. Explain in detail why it’s important to be very careful when ventilating a shop where commercial welding is taking place.

10. (a) Describe one simple method of constructing a flux box.

10. (a) Describe a straightforward way to build a flux box.

(b) What advantages has this type of container?

(b) What are the advantages of this type of container?

[155]

[155]

LECTURE NUMBER EIGHT
Subject—Fixes

1. What is the best method of locating a leak in either the oxygen or acetylene lines?

1. What’s the best way to find a leak in the oxygen or acetylene lines?

2. If a leak were found in a ground seat, how could it be stopped if the nut on the coupling had been screwed up as far as possible?

2. If a leak was detected in a ground seat, how could it be fixed if the nut on the coupling had been tightened as much as possible?

3. Name one method of attaching connections to hoses so that they will not blow off or pull off when pressure is applied.

3. Name one way to attach connections to hoses so they won’t come off or pull off when pressure is applied.

4. How could either an oxygen or acetylene hose that had been burned or otherwise injured, be repaired to withstand the gas pressure?

4. How could a damaged oxygen or acetylene hose be fixed to handle the gas pressure?

5. How could regulator be operated if the cross-bar for applying pressure upon the diaphragm springs were lost?

5. How could the regulator function if the cross-bar used to apply pressure on the diaphragm springs was lost?

6. (a) What procedure would be necessary to make connection if cylinder were supplied with an adaptor which would not fit the regulator connection and it could not be coupled up directly?

6. (a) What steps would be needed to make the connection if the cylinder came with an adapter that didn't fit the regulator connection and couldn't be connected directly?

(b) Realizing that all cylinder connections about a regulator are generally supplied with a ¹⁄₄-inch taper pipe thread, why do all manufacturers solder them in?

(b) Knowing that all cylinder connections on a regulator usually come with a ¹⁄₄-inch tapered pipe thread, why do all manufacturers solder them?

7. Explain why oxygen high-pressure gauges are constructed with a loose back and a solid front.

7. Explain why oxygen high-pressure gauges are built with a loose back and a solid front.

8. (a) Where is the first place to seek trouble in a gauge if it leaks?

8. (a) Where is the first place to look for issues in a gauge if it’s leaking?

(b) Can such leaks be repaired?

(b) Can these leaks be fixed?

(c) Describe method.

Describe method.

9. If either a high-or low-pressure gauge were injured beyond the repair state how could welding plant be kept in operation without it?

9. If either a high-pressure or low-pressure gauge were damaged beyond repair, how could the welding equipment be kept running without it?

10. (a) What would be the trouble, in shutting off a welding plant, if there were a reading on the high-pressure gauge and none on the low-pressure gauge, after permitting gas to escape from the hose?

10. (a) What would be the issue in shutting down a welding plant if the high-pressure gauge showed a reading but the low-pressure gauge did not, after allowing gas to escape from the hose?

(b) How could the reading on this gauge be brought back to zero?

(b) How can we reset the reading on this gauge to zero?

LECTURE NUMBER NINE
Subject—Metal Fabrication
(Part One)

1. (a) Is the welding of steel more or less difficult than cast iron?

1. (a) Is welding steel easier or harder than welding cast iron?

(b) Explain why.

Explain why.

2. (a) Why is the choice of the welding tip so important when working on steel?

2. (a) Why is choosing the right welding tip so important when working with steel?

[156]

[156]

(b) What will result if the tip is too large?

(b) What happens if the tip is too big?

(c) If too small?

If it's too small?

3. (a) Why is the choice of a “filler-rod” of a correct size so important for steel welding?

3. (a) Why is it crucial to choose a “filler rod” of the right size for steel welding?

(b) What will happen if the “filler-rod” is too large?

(b) What will happen if the “filler rod” is too big?

(c) If too small?

If it's too small?

4. (a) What kind of a “filler-rod” is used in welding steel?

4. (a) What type of “filler rod” is used for welding steel?

(b) Give a general rule covering relation of “filler-rod” to the metal being welded in all cases, but one or two.

(b) Provide a general guideline regarding the relationship of the “filler rod” to the metal being welded in all cases, except for one or two.

(c) Name one exception.

Name one exception.

5. (a) Is a flux (or scaling powder) necessary in welding steel?

5. (a) Is flux (or scaling powder) necessary for welding steel?

(b) Explain why.

Explain why.

6. (a) How is the flame adjusted for steel welding?

6. (a) How do you adjust the flame for steel welding?

(b) What kind of a flame is generally used in finishing steel work?

(b) What type of flame is usually used for finishing steel work?

(c) Why is this done?

(c) Why is this happening?

7. (a) How is the flame held when executing a steel weld?

7. (a) How is the flame positioned when performing a steel weld?

(b) How is the “filler-rod” held when making a steel weld?

(b) How is the "filler rod" held when doing a steel weld?

8. (a) Is it necessary to “V” out on steel the same as on cast iron?

8. (a) Is it necessary to "V" out on steel the same way as on cast iron?

(b) Explain why.

Explain why.

9. (a) Is a steel weld as strong as the original metal if not built up?

9. (a) Is a steel weld just as strong as the original metal if it's not built up?

(b) Explain why.

(b) Explain why.

10. (a) Is the same provision made for expansion and contraction on steel as on cast iron?

10. (a) Is the same rule regarding expansion and contraction applied to steel as it is to cast iron?

(b) Give reasons for so thinking.

(b) Explain why you feel that way.

LECTURE NUMBER TEN
Subject—Steel Welding
(Part Two)

11. (a) What is meant by a “crater” in steel welding?

11. (a) What does “crater” mean in steel welding?

(b) How are they removed from the weld?

(b) How do you take them out of the weld?

12. (a) What are some methods and marks of distinguishing steel from other metals?

12. (a) What are some ways to identify steel compared to other metals?

(b) How is cast steel distinguished from cast iron?

(b) How can you tell cast steel apart from cast iron?

13. (a) Name some of the qualifications of a good “filler-rod” for mild steel welding.

13. (a) Name some of the qualifications of a good “filler rod” for mild steel welding.

(b) In what manner does the “filler-rod” differ for the alloyed and high-carbon steels?

(b) How does the “filler-rod” differ for alloyed and high-carbon steels?

14. (a) In bringing the neutral flame in contact with the metal on a[157] steel weld, should the cone bend and spread on the surface, or just lick it?

14. (a) When the neutral flame touches the metal on a steel weld, should the cone bend and spread on the surface, or just touch it lightly?

(b) Explain why.

(b) Explain why.

15. (a) What is the principal cause for hard spots in steel welds?

15. (a) What is the main reason for hard spots in steel welds?

(b) What causes some of the others?

(b) What causes some of the others?

16. (a) Is it rolled steel or cast steel that does not expand when heated?

16. (a) Which type of steel doesn't expand when heated: rolled steel or cast steel?

(b) Name one other metal that does not expand when heated.

(b) Name another metal that doesn’t expand when heated.

17. (a) Why are welds more difficult on sheet iron and steel than on some of the heavier pieces?

17. (a) Why are welds harder to do on sheet iron and steel compared to some of the heavier materials?

(b) What can be used as a “filler-rod” on sheet metal work?

(b) What can be used as a “filler rod” for sheet metal work?

18. (a) What difficulty is generally encountered, when making a long weld like on a steel tank?

18. (a) What challenges are usually faced when doing a long weld on a steel tank?

(b) How can this be overcome?

(b) How can we get past this?

(c) Why do the open ends on sheet steel welds overlap in welding when same class of work on cast iron separates?

(c) Why do the open ends on sheet steel welds overlap during welding while the same type of work on cast iron separates?

19. (a) What causes steel welds to carbonize?

19. (a) What makes steel welds carbonize?

(b) What usually causes a burnt steel weld?

(b) What usually causes a burned steel weld?

20. Describe fully how a broken automobile frame can be welded and re-enforced to make it stronger than originally.

20. Explain in detail how to weld and reinforce a broken car frame to make it stronger than it was originally.

LECTURE NUMBER ELEVEN
Subject—Steel Welding
(Part Three)

21. (a) What kind of a “filler-rod” is used in welding cast steel?

21. (a) What type of "filler rod" is used in welding cast steel?

(b) Is a flux used?

Is a flux being used?

22. (a) What kind of a “filler-rod” is employed when welding cast iron to steel?

22. (a) What type of "filler rod" is used when welding cast iron to steel?

(b) What kind of a flux is used?

(b) What type of flux is used?

23. (a) Can springs be successfully welded?

23. (a) Can springs be welded successfully?

(b) State reasons.

State reasons.

24. (a) Why are crank-shaft welds so hard to execute successfully?

24. (a) Why is it so difficult to successfully execute crankshaft welds?

(b) What kind of a “filler-rod” is used for best results on most crank-shafts?

(b) What type of “filler rod” is best to use for most crankshafts?

(c) What points does the welder consider when deciding whether a weld of this nature is advisable?

(c) What factors does the welder take into account when deciding if a weld like this is a good idea?

25. (a) Briefly describe the method of building up crank-shaft bearings that have been worn down.

25. (a) Briefly describe how to restore crankshaft bearings that have worn down.

[158]

[158]

(b) What are some of the precautions taken in work of this kind?

(b) What are some of the safety measures taken in work like this?

26. (a) When automobile propeller shafts and rear axles break, it is generally adjoining the square end. Is it advisable to weld this short piece on?

26. (a) When car propeller shafts and rear axles break, it usually happens at the square end. Is it a good idea to weld this short piece on?

(b) What is the correct procedure in a case of this kind?

(b) What is the right procedure in a case like this?

27. (a) If a case-hardened ring-gear is to have its teeth built up or new ones added, how is it handled after welding?

27. (a) If a case-hardened ring gear needs its teeth rebuilt or new ones added, what is the process for handling it after welding?

(b) Should all case-hardened work be so treated after welding?

(b) Should all case-hardened work be treated this way after welding?

28. (a) In welding two pieces of metal, one of which is considerably lighter than the other, how is the flame held in order to bring both pieces to a fusion at the same time?

28. (a) When welding two pieces of metal, where one is much lighter than the other, how should you hold the flame to ensure both pieces melt together at the same time?

29. (a) If a steel weld were to break in the line of weld, how should it be prepared if it is to be rewelded?

29. (a) If a steel weld breaks along the weld line, how should it be prepared for rewelding?

(b) Does this procedure apply only to steel?

(b) Is this procedure only for steel?

30. Were a hole 6 inches square in a sheet of steel to be welded up without preheating, what would be the approximate size of the patch necessary and how would it be prepared, in order to take care of the expansion and contraction strains?

30. If a 6-inch square hole in a steel sheet is welded up without preheating, what would be the approximate size of the patch needed, and how would it be prepared to handle the expansion and contraction stresses?

LECTURE NUMBER TWELVE
Subject—Metal Welding
(Part Four)

31. (a) Why should a steel weld of any kind be executed as rapidly as possible?

31. (a) Why should any type of steel weld be done as quickly as possible?

(b) What will happen if steel is kept in a heated condition too long?

(b) What will happen if steel is kept heated for too long?

(c) Why should a change be in evidence under these conditions?

(c) Why should we expect to see a change under these conditions?

32. (a) Explain what is meant by a “dished” patch, for boiler or thin armor plate?

32. (a) Explain what a “dished” patch means for a boiler or thin armor plate?

(b) Draw such a patch.

Draw a patch like that.

(c) How is a patch of this nature prepared?

(c) How is a patch like this prepared?

33. (a) What is meant by a “corrugated” patch for boiler or thin armor plate?

33. (a) What does a “corrugated” patch for boiler or thin armor plate mean?

(b) Sketch such a patch.

Sketch a patch.

(c) How is this kind of a patch prepared?

(c) How is this type of patch made?

34. (a) What advantages has a “corrugated” patch over one that is “dished”?

34. (a) What benefits does a "corrugated" patch have compared to a "dished" one?

(b) Where are “corrugated” patches used extensively?

(b) Where are “corrugated” patches used a lot?

35. (a) How are boiler flues prepared for re-tipping?

35. (a) How do you get boiler flues ready for re-tipping?

[159]

[159]

(b) Sketch a simple jig for holding such pieces in place for welding.

(b) Sketch a simple jig to hold those pieces in place for welding.

36. (a) Describe how lengths of various sized pipe can be welded together end to end.

36. (a) Explain how to weld different lengths of pipe together end to end.

(b) What precautions are necessary when executing such welds?

(b) What precautions should be taken when doing these welds?

37. (a) When welding large steel castings why is it almost always advisable to preheat the work?

37. (a) When welding large steel castings, why is it usually recommended to preheat the work?

(b) Why is preheating so necessary on vanadium and other alloyed steels?

(b) Why is preheating so important for vanadium and other alloyed steels?

38. Why is it desirable to chip out the sand and thin scale formations, in and around blow-holes in steel castings before filling in?

38. Why is it important to remove the sand and thin scale formations in and around blow-holes in steel castings before filling them in?

39. (a) Why do the majority of good welders bend their steel “filler-rods” at right angles about 6 inches from the end?

39. (a) Why do most good welders bend their steel “filler rods” at right angles about 6 inches from the end?

(b) Why isn’t this being done on cast iron?

(b) Why isn't this being done on cast iron?

40. (a) What advantage is there in making a vertical weld from the top down, rather than starting from the bottom and working up?

40. (a) What are the benefits of making a vertical weld from the top down instead of starting from the bottom and working your way up?

(b) In welding overhead why is it so important that the work be in a molten state before adding the “filler-rod”?

(b) In overhead welding, why is it so important that the work is in a molten state before adding the “filler rod”?

(c) In overhead welding, why doesn’t the metal drop when in a molten state?

(c) In overhead welding, why doesn’t the metal fall when it's molten?

LECTURE NUMBER THIRTEEN
Subject—Oxy-fuel cutting

1. Explain fully which parts of an oxy-acetylene cutting plant are different from a welding unit.

1. Explain in detail which parts of an oxy-acetylene cutting setup are different from a welding unit.

2. (a) If there is a difference in either of the regulators, mention which one it is.

2. (a) If there’s a difference in either of the regulators, specify which one it is.

(b) What is the difference?

What’s the difference?

(c) Why is it necessary?

Why is it important?

3. (a) Is it possible to weld with a cutting torch?

3. (a) Can you weld with a cutting torch?

(b) What precaution is necessary if this is done?

(b) What precaution is needed if this is done?

(c) Why isn’t this process used?

(c) Why isn't this process used?

4. Explain how cutting can be done with the welding torch if necessary.

4. Describe how to use a welding torch for cutting when needed.

5. (a) In cutting by the oxy-acetylene process, which does the cutting, the oxygen jet or the neutral flame?

5. (a) In the oxy-acetylene cutting process, what does the cutting: the oxygen jet or the neutral flame?

(b) What action has the oxygen jet on the metal?

(b) What effect does the oxygen jet have on the metal?

(c) What part does the neutral flame play in cutting?

(c) What role does the neutral flame have in cutting?

6. Can oxygen or acetylene under sufficient pressure be made to cut individually? Explain fully.

6. Can oxygen or acetylene cut on their own when under enough pressure? Explain in detail.

[160]

[160]

7. Why is it specially important that armored hose be used on the oxygen line when making heavy cuts?

7. Why is it especially important to use armored hose on the oxygen line when making heavy cuts?

(Give at least two reasons.)

(Give at least two reasons.)

8. (a) How is a cutting torch lighted? Describe in detail.

8. (a) How do you light a cutting torch? Describe it in detail.

(b) How is cut started on metal?

(b) How does cutting begin on metal?

(c) How is torch held in regard to metal being cut?

(c) How is the torch viewed in relation to the metal being cut?

9. (a) Is it possible to successfully cut cast iron?

9. (a) Can you actually cut cast iron successfully?

(b) Wrought iron?

Wrought iron?

(c) Cast steel?

Cast steel?

(d) Rolled steel?

Rolled steel?

10. (a) Cutting can be done under water with ordinary cutting apparatus; why doesn’t the flame go out when submerged?

10. (a) Cutting can be done underwater with regular cutting tools; why doesn’t the flame go out when it's submerged?

(b) What additional equipment is generally used in underwater cutting?

(b) What extra equipment is usually used for underwater cutting?

LECTURE NUMBER FOURTEEN
Subject—Brass Welding

1. Explain as fully as possible the chief characteristics of a good “filler-rod” for brass welding.

1. Describe in detail the main qualities of a good "filler rod" for brass welding.

2. (a) Is a flux used in welding brass?

2. (a) Is a flux used for welding brass?

(b) What is one way of making a good flux for brass?

(b) What’s one way to make a good flux for brass?

3. (a) What kind of a flame is used in brass welding?

3. (a) What type of flame is used in brass welding?

(b) Why?

Why?

4. (a) In what position is the flame held in welding brass?

4. (a) In what position is the flame held when welding brass?

(b) How should the “filler-rod” be held?

(b) How should the "filler rod" be held?

5. (a) Is it advisable to “V” out or burn off the ends of brass work to be welded?

5. (a) Should you "V" out or bevel the ends of brass work before welding?

(b) Explain why.

Explain why.

6. (a) What causes the dense white fumes to appear when fusing brass?

6. (a) What makes the thick white smoke show up when melting brass?

(b) What is cause of brass welds being porous?

(b) What causes brass welds to be porous?

7. Why should brass work not be disturbed when red hot?

7. Why shouldn't brass work be disturbed when it's red hot?

8. What is the most difficult part of brass welding as a whole?

8. What is the toughest aspect of brass welding overall?

9. Why are brass welds generally cooled in water as soon as fusion is completed?

9. Why are brass welds usually cooled in water as soon as the melting is finished?

10. Why is it difficult for the beginner to weld heavy pieces of brass?

10. Why is it hard for beginners to weld heavy pieces of brass?

[161]

[161]

LECTURE NUMBER FIFTEEN
Subject—Welding Malleable Iron

1. (a) Can malleable iron be successfully welded?

1. (a) Can malleable iron be welded successfully?

(b) What is the most successful method of joining two pieces of malleable iron?

(b) What is the best way to join two pieces of malleable iron?

2. What are three methods of detecting malleable iron?

2. What are three ways to detect malleable iron?

3. (a) What kind of “filler-rod” is used on malleable iron?

3. (a) What type of “filler rod” is used for malleable iron?

(b) Are “filler-rods” of malleable iron satisfactory?

(b) Are "filler rods" made of malleable iron satisfactory?

(c) What kind of flux is used on malleable iron work?

(c) What kind of flux is used for malleable iron work?

4. (a) How is a malleable iron casting prepared for welding?

4. (a) How is a malleable iron casting readied for welding?

(b) How hot should work be, previous to adding “filler-rod”?

(b) How hot should work be before adding the “filler rod”?

(c) What will occur if too much heat is applied?

(c) What will happen if too much heat is added?

5. (a) In what respect does the adjustment of the flame differ on malleable iron from that of cast iron and steel?

5. (a) How does adjusting the flame for malleable iron differ from that for cast iron and steel?

(b) How is the flame held in relation to the work?

(b) How is the flame positioned in relation to the work?

(c) Does the flame come in direct contact with the “filler-rod”?

(c) Does the flame touch the “filler rod” directly?

6. (a) Is more, or less, surface covered by the “filler-rod” on malleable iron than on cast iron?

6. (a) Is there more or less surface covered by the “filler rod” on malleable iron compared to cast iron?

(b) Why?

Why?

7. (a) How should malleable iron be cooled?

7. (a) How should malleable iron be cooled?

(b) Is this the same as in welding brass?

(b) Is this the same as welding brass?

8. On what part of machinery does a welder generally expect to find malleable iron castings?

8. On which part of machinery does a welder typically expect to find malleable iron castings?

9. Explain carefully how a malleable iron automobile, axle or transmission, housing that has been cracked or broken, can be re-enforced so that it will be stronger than ever.

9. Explain in detail how a malleable iron car part, like an axle or transmission housing, that has cracked or broken can be reinforced so that it becomes stronger than it was before.

10. Describe very briefly how malleable iron is made and in what respect it differs from cast iron when cold, and also when under the influence of the oxy-acetylene flame.

10. Briefly describe how malleable iron is made and how it differs from cast iron when cold, as well as when exposed to the oxy-acetylene flame.

LECTURE NUMBER SIXTEEN
Subject—Carbon Emissions

1. (a) Explain what is meant by carbon burning.

1. (a) Explain what carbon burning means.

(b) In what respect is it used extensively?

(b) In what way is it commonly used?

2. (a) Will oxygen gas burn alone or does it merely aid combustion?

2. (a) Does oxygen gas burn on its own, or does it just help with combustion?

(b) Will carbon in a free state burn?

(b) Can carbon burn when it's in a free state?

3. (a) Why is it advisable to remove only the spark plugs and not[162] the entire valve cap or “bonnet” when burning carbon in a gas engine?

3. (a) Why is it better to remove only the spark plugs and not the whole valve cap or “bonnet” when burning carbon in a gas engine?

(b) Can it be done either way?

(b) Can it be done both ways?

4. (a) Does it make a difference if the carbon is hard and dry in the cylinder?

4. (a) Does it matter if the carbon is hard and dry in the cylinder?

(b) What will help in such cases?

(b) What can help in situations like these?

5. (a) If the cylinder is rather oily does this make a difference?

5. (a) If the cylinder is a bit oily, does that make a difference?

(b) Does the presence of oil aid or retard combustion?

(b) Does the presence of oil help or hinder combustion?

6. (a) What precautions are necessary before carbon burning is attempted?

6. (a) What precautions should be taken before trying to burn carbon?

(b) How is asbestos paper used in carbon burning?

(b) How is asbestos paper used in burning carbon?

(c) Name a good substitute for asbestos paper when carbon burning.

(c) Name a good alternative to asbestos paper for carbon burning.

7. (a) Is there any danger of warping the valves and overheating the cylinder and piston when burning carbon?

7. (a) Is there any risk of damaging the valves and overheating the cylinder and piston when burning carbon?

(b) What is the effect of carbon burning on aluminum pistons?

(b) What happens to aluminum pistons when carbon burns?

8. (a) What pressure is used on the oxygen line for carbon burning?

8. (a) What pressure is used on the oxygen line for burning carbon?

(b) Will carbon burning re-grind valves?

(b) Will burning carbon grind the valves again?

9. (a) How long should the burning be done?

9. (a) How long should the burning continue?

(b) How often is carbon burning recommended for a gas engine?

(b) How often is carbon burning suggested for a gas engine?

(c) If there are any carbon particles or sand left in the cylinder after burning is done how are they removed?

(c) If there are any carbon particles or sand left in the cylinder after the burning is finished, how are they removed?

10. Describe how the carbon is removed from a four-cylinder engine, paying particular attention to details such as lighting, which part of the head the torch is played on first, what does the burning and where the carbon goes.

10. Describe how the carbon is removed from a four-cylinder engine, paying special attention to details like lighting, which part of the head the torch is aimed at first, what is burning, and where the carbon goes.

LECTURE NUMBER SEVENTEEN
Subject—Preheat Agencies

1. (a) What is meant by preheating as applied to the oxy-acetylene welding industry?

1. (a) What does preheating mean in the context of the oxy-acetylene welding industry?

(b) What are several fuels which can be used very successfully for preheating?

(b) What are some fuels that can be used effectively for preheating?

2. Name the three principal reasons why parts to be welded are generally preheated.

2. Name the three main reasons why parts that need to be welded are usually preheated.

3. (a) Why is charcoal considered the best preheating agent for general welding?

3. (a) Why is charcoal seen as the best preheating agent for general welding?

(b) Why should it not be used to any great extent in closed rooms during the winter months?

(b) Why shouldn't it be used extensively in closed rooms during the winter months?

[163]

[163]

(c) If used during the winter what precautions are observed?

(c) What precautions should be taken when used in the winter?

4. (a) Mention two materials which are used extensively for building up ovens and doing the preheating.

4. (a) Name two materials that are commonly used for constructing ovens and for preheating.

(b) What kind of brick is used?

(b) What type of brick is used?

5. (a) How much should cast iron be preheated?

5. (a) How much should cast iron be preheated?

(b) Brass or bronze?

Brass or bronze?

(c) Aluminum?

Aluminum?

6. Sketch and describe how a temporary brick preheating oven should be built, giving all dimensions, such as: length, width and height and reasons for them.

6. Outline and explain how to construct a temporary brick preheating oven, including all measurements like length, width, and height, along with the reasons for those dimensions.

7. Explain how a cylinder block with a broken water jacket is set up for preheating; how oven is built for charcoal fire; how fire is started; how block is protected while welding and how it is returned to a cold state.

7. Explain how to prepare a cylinder block with a broken water jacket for preheating; how to construct an oven for a charcoal fire; how to start the fire; how to protect the block while welding, and how to return it to a cold state.

8. (a) What precautions are necessary in setting up and preheating aluminum?

8. (a) What precautions should be taken when setting up and preheating aluminum?

(b) If piece is to be turned while in the fire, what provision is made in building up oven?

(b) If the piece needs to be turned while in the fire, what arrangement is made for constructing the oven?

9. In which cases is preheating absolutely necessary in order to make a satisfactory weld?

9. When is preheating absolutely necessary to create a good weld?

10. (a) Give a sketch showing a preheating torch for use on illuminating gas and compressed air, which can be constructed very easily.

10. (a) Provide a drawing of a preheating torch that can be used with illuminating gas and compressed air, which is simple to build.

(b) Why are preheating torches not popular for general welding?

(b) Why aren’t preheating torches commonly used for general welding?

(c) Where are they used in numbers?

(c) Where are they used in numbers?

LECTURE NUMBER EIGHTEEN
Subject—Aluminum Welding
(Part One)

1. (a) Is the welding of aluminum, more or less difficult than such metals as cast iron and steel?

1. (a) Is welding aluminum easier or harder than welding metals like cast iron and steel?

(b) Explain why.

(b) Explain why.

2. (a) Name the two methods of making aluminum welds.

2. (a) Name the two ways to make aluminum welds.

(b) Can they be combined?

Can they be merged?

(c) Why?

Why?

3. (a) What kind of a “filler-rod” is used in welding aluminum?

3. (a) What type of “filler rod” is used for welding aluminum?

(b) Is a flux used? Why?

(b) Is a flux being used? Why?

4. (a) Is a cast or drawn “filler-rod” preferred?

4. (a) Is a cast or drawn “filler rod” preferred?

(b) Name the two important metals which should be present and the percentage of each in the “filler-rod.”

(b) Name the two important metals that should be included and the percentage of each in the “filler-rod.”

[164]

[164]

5. (a) How should the flame be adjusted for aluminum welding?

5. (a) How do you adjust the flame for aluminum welding?

(b) How is the flame held in relation to the work?

(b) How is the flame positioned in relation to the work?

6. (a) How is the “filler-rod” added?

6. (a) How is the “filler rod” added?

(b) In what respect does this differ from all other metals?

(b) How is this different from all other metals?

(c) Why can this be done?

Why is this happening?

7. (a) Name the principal characteristics of aluminum with regard to heat.

7. (a) List the main properties of aluminum related to heat.

(b) What other metal acts in a similar manner?

(b) What other metal behaves in a similar way?

8. (a) Is it necessary to “V” out aluminum for the same reasons as other metals?

8. (a) Is it necessary to “V” out aluminum for the same reasons as other metals?

(b) Explain why.

(b) Explain why.

9. (a) Will an aluminum welding be as strong as the original?

9. (a) Will aluminum welding be as strong as the original?

(b) Give reasons.

Give reasons.

10. (a) What kind of a tool is used to aid in making an aluminum weld by most welders?

10. (a) What type of tool do most welders use to help them create an aluminum weld?

(b) How is such a tool made?

(b) How is this tool made?

LECTURE NUMBER NINETEEN
Subject—Aluminum Welding
(Part Two)

11. (a) What kind of files are used to finish aluminum welds?

11. (a) What type of files are used to smooth out aluminum welds?

(b) In what respect do they differ from the ordinary kind?

(b) How do they differ from the usual kind?

12. (a) In which hand is the welding torch held in aluminum work?

12. (a) In which hand is the welding torch held during aluminum work?

(b) In which, the “filler-rod”?

In which, the “filler rod”?

(c) The puddle stick?

The puddle stick?

13. (a) What materials are used to “back-up” aluminum work for preheating?

13. (a) What materials are used to support aluminum work for preheating?

(b) Describe fully how aluminum is “backed-up” previous to preheating, in order to prevent the collapse of metal while welding.

(b) Describe in detail how aluminum is supported before preheating to prevent the metal from collapsing during welding.

14. (a) How quick does the heavy coating or aluminum oxide form on a clean hot piece of aluminum?

14. (a) How quickly does a thick layer of aluminum oxide form on a clean, hot piece of aluminum?

(b) Will the metal flow together when this oxide is present?

(b) Will the metal combine when this oxide is present?

(c) How is it overcome?

How is it solved?

15. (a) Is it advisable to weld aluminum from one side only or from both sides?

15. (a) Is it better to weld aluminum from just one side or from both sides?

(b) Why?

Why?

16. In preheating aluminum with charcoal, what precautions are[165] taken in setting up; in starting the fire; during the welding operation, and in cooling the piece?

16. When preheating aluminum with charcoal, what precautions are[165] taken in setting up, starting the fire, during the welding process, and while cooling the piece?

17. (a) Are preheating torches played directly on aluminum work?

17. (a) Are preheating torches applied directly to aluminum work?

(b) What kind of an oven is used?

(b) What type of oven is used?

18. (a) Is it necessary to heat the whole of an aluminum crank-case if one part has to be preheated?

18. (a) Is it necessary to heat the entire aluminum crankcase if only one part needs to be preheated?

(b) Give reasons.

Give reasons.

19. (a) Are clamps used to hold parts in place on preheated aluminum?

19. (a) Are clamps used to keep parts secured on preheated aluminum?

(b) Explain why.

Explain why.

20. When starting to weld a cold piece of aluminum, the flame is brought in contact with the work and held there much longer than on a similar size piece of steel before any apparent change occurs. How is this accounted for, knowing that aluminum has a much lower melting point that steel?

20. When you start welding a cold piece of aluminum, the flame is held against the work for a much longer time than it would be on a similarly sized piece of steel before any visible change happens. How do we explain this, considering that aluminum has a much lower melting point than steel?

LECTURE NUMBER TWENTY
Subject—Aluminum Welding
(Part Three)

21. Explain fully why it is necessary to employ greater speed in the welding of aluminum than on any other metal?

21. Explain in detail why it's important to use faster welding speeds for aluminum compared to other metals.

22. (a) What is retort cement?

22. (a) What is retort cement?

(b) How does it differ from ordinary clay?

(b) How is it different from regular clay?

(c) For what purpose is it used in aluminum welding?

(c) What is its purpose in aluminum welding?

23. (a) When performing an aluminum weld by the puddle system, is the welder dependent upon the flame, the “filler-rod” or the puddle stick, for the fusion of the metal?

23. (a) When welding aluminum using the puddle system, does the welder rely on the flame, the “filler rod,” or the puddle stick for melting the metal?

(b) Give explanations.

Give explanations.

24. (a) What method of welding is used when executing a vertical weld on aluminum?

24. (a) What welding method is used for making a vertical weld on aluminum?

(b) Why isn’t the other method used?

(b) Why isn’t the other method being used?

(c) Is the vertical welding of aluminum to be avoided?

(c) Should we avoid vertical welding of aluminum?

25. (a) Can aluminum welds be made overhead?

25. (a) Can you weld aluminum overhead?

(b) Explain why.

Explain why.

26. (a) Is the same method used on aluminum as in cast iron in welding from the closed end, toward the open?

26. (a) Is the same method used on aluminum as in cast iron when welding from the closed end to the open end?

(b) Is this procedure necessary on preheated work?

(b) Is this process needed for work that’s already been heated?

27. (a) If a suspension arm, of a “U” type, on an aluminum crank[166] case were to break about 3 or 4 inches from the body of the case, could it be welded in place without dismantling the motor?

27. (a) If a “U” shaped suspension arm on an aluminum crank[166] case breaks about 3 or 4 inches from the body of the case, can it be welded in place without taking the motor apart?

(b) Explain in detail how such an arm should be welded.

(b) Explain in detail how to weld such an arm.

28. Due to the contraction and expansion, it is very difficult to have the bolt hole, in the end of an aluminum suspension arm that has been welded, return exactly to its former position. How is this difficulty provided for?

28. Because of the contraction and expansion, it’s really hard for the bolt hole at the end of a welded aluminum suspension arm to go back to its exact original position. How is this issue addressed?

29. (a) Should a section of an aluminum crank case be missing, would it be advisable to build up a new part with the “filler-rod” or to cast a new part in a mold and then weld it in?

29. (a) If a part of an aluminum crankcase is missing, would it be better to use a “filler rod” to build up a new piece or to cast a new part in a mold and then weld it in?

(b) Under what conditions should the above be done?

(b) Under what circumstances should the above be done?

30. (a) If it were found that an aluminum crank case after being welded, had one corner about ¹⁄₈-inch lower than the rest of the case and it had not affected any of the bearings, could it still be reclaimed?

30. (a) If it was discovered that an aluminum crankcase, after being welded, had one corner that was about ¹⁄₈-inch lower than the rest of the case and it didn't impact any of the bearings, could it still be salvaged?

(b) Give procedure.

(i) Provide instructions.


[167]

[167]

INDEX

  • A
  • Absorbent, acetone as an, 26, 31
  • — asbestos as an, 31
  • — charcoal as an, 31
  • — mineral wool as, 81
  • Acetone as an absorbent, 26, 31
  • Acetylene cylinders, construction of, 31
  • Acetylene gas, temperature of flame of, 1
  • Adapter, types of, 46
  • Aluminum, backing up in welding, 114
  • — charcoal in welding, 116
  • — contraction and expansion in welding, 116
  • — clamps, use of in welding, 115
  • — crank cases, welding, 118
  • — filler-rods in welding, 112, 115
  • — flux method of welding, 109, 111
  • — oxidation of bright surfaces in welding, 113
  • — preheating in welding, 116, 117
  • — preheating, method of, 52
  • — puddle and flux systems of welding compared, 111
  • — puddle method of welding, 109, 111
  • — strains, avoiding internal, 118
  • — suspension arm of crank case, repairing, 118
  • — tip used in welding, 109
  • — welding, 109-117
  • — welding from one side, 114
  • Apparatus, classes of welding, 19
  • — desirability of securing the best, 144
  • — emery wheel, need of, 41
  • — high-pressure welding, 20
  • — low-pressure welding, 19
  • — medium-pressure welding, 19
  • — metal top table, disadvantages of, 39
  • — mixing chambers, 21
  • — oils and grease to be avoided, 37
  • — oxy-acetylene, for cutting, 125
  • — regulator, 22
  • — — types of, 24
  • — required in welding, 19-26
  • — — replacing lost cross-bar, 46
  • — setting up, manner of, 31, 32
  • — shop equipment, 39, 43
  • — shutting off, procedure in, 35
  • Apparatus repairs, 44-50
  • — — adapters, types of, 46
  • — — gauges, operation of, 49
  • — — gauges, safety, 47, 48
  • — — hose clamps, 45
  • — — hose, repairing leaky, 45
  • — — leaks, method of locating, 44
  • — — leaky threads, repairing, 44
  • Asbestos as an absorbent, 31
  • — in aluminum welding, 116
  • — paper cover protection, 55
  • Automobile frame, welding, 91
  • Automobile, propeller shafts, welding, 95
  • Axles, automobile, welding, 95
  • B
  • Blow holes, causes of, 65
  • Boiler flues retipping, 98, 99[168]
  • Boiler, “corrugated” patches, 102, 103
  • — “dished” patches in repairs to, 101
  • — “L” patches in repairing, 103
  • — repairing, 99-101
  • Borax as a brass flux, 107
  • Brass, alloy of, 106
  • — filler-rod in welding, 106
  • — flux in welding, 107
  • — fumes in welding, 108
  • — melting-point, 106
  • Brass welding, 106-108
  • Bronze for welding purposes, 123
  • — welding malleable iron with, 121
  • C
  • Carbon burning, 135-144
  • — — in gasoline engine, 136-139
  • — — theory of, 139
  • Carbonizing flame, 34
  • Cast iron, welding of, 58-80
  • — — — — blow holes, causes of, 65
  • — — — — charcoal as preheating agent, 76
  • — — — — combustion head of cylinder, repairing, 78, 79
  • — — — — contraction of metals in, prevention of, 71
  • — — — — expansion and contraction of metals, 65-67
  • — — — — filler rod, 61
  • — — — — flux a cleansing agent, 61
  • — — — — flux, manner of application of, 62
  • — — — — flux, simple substitute for, 61
  • — — — — gasoline engine cylinder block, repairing, 75, 76
  • — — — — gear wheel teeth, three ways of restoring, broken, 71-74
  • — — — — hardening parts by use of carbonizing flame, 74
  • — — — — lugs, welding on cylinder block, 80
  • — — — — methods of distinguishing metals, 60
  • — — — — preparations for, 67
  • — — — — procedure in, 63, 64, 67-70
  • — — — — successful weld, criterion of, 75
  • — — — — tip, size of, 63
  • Cast steel, procedure in welding of, 88
  • Charcoal as an absorbent, 31
  • — as preheating agent, 76
  • — in aluminum welding, 116
  • Clamps, inadvisable in welding aluminum, 115
  • Contraction and expansion in aluminum welding, 116
  • — — — in preheating, 53
  • — — — in welding steel, 87
  • Contraction of metal in welding, prevention of, 71
  • “Corrugated” patch, method of making, 102, 103
  • Crank cases, aluminum, repairing, 118
  • Crank shafts, welding methods, 93, 94
  • Crater, development and removal of, 88
  • Cross-bar, replacing lost, 46
  • Cutting by oxy-acetylene process, 6
  • Cutting with oxy-acetylene, 125-134
  • Cutting torch, welding torch and, compared, 127
  • Cylinder block, repairing cast-iron gasoline engine, 75, 76
  • Cylinder bore, device for polishing, 79, 80
  • Cylinders, acetone as absorbent in, 26
  • D
  • Decarbonization of automobile engines, 136, 139
  • Demand for oxy-acetylene operators, 17
  • “Dished” patch in boiler repairs, 101[169]
  • E
  • Emery wheel, value of in welding shop, 41
  • Expansion and contraction of metals, 65-67
  • — — — in welding, 87
  • Explosions, precautions against, 37
  • F
  • Feather flame, 33, 35
  • Filler rod, 89
  • — — in brass welding, 106
  • — — in welding malleable iron, 122
  • — — metal in, 61
  • — — used in aluminum welding, 112
  • — — used in welding steel, 82, 91
  • Fire brick, in aluminum welding, 116
  • — — preheating oven of, 54
  • — — table, 39
  • Flame, carbonizing, 34
  • — feather, 33, 35
  • — neutral 33, 35
  • — oxidizing, 34
  • — torch, cutting under water with, 133
  • — varieties of, adjustment of, 32, 33
  • Flashbacks, causes of, 21, 22
  • — prevention of, 22
  • Flux, application, manner of, 62
  • — container, 42
  • — in brass welding, 107
  • — office of, 61
  • — substitute, a simple and effective, 61
  • G
  • Gasoline engine, carbon, how to remove from, 136-139
  • Gasoline tanks, necessity for caution in repairing, 103
  • Gauges, operation of, 49
  • — safety, 47, 48
  • Gear wheel teeth, three ways of restoring broken, 71-74
  • Glossary, 145-148
  • Goggles, eye, 35
  • H
  • Hardening parts through use of carbonizing flames, 74
  • Heat in welding malleable iron, 123
  • High-pressure regulated, 24
  • Hose, armored, used on oxygen line, 133
  • — clamps in repairing, 45
  • — leaky, 45
  • L
  • “L” patches, 103
  • Leaks, method of discovering, 44
  • — repairing threads, 44
  • Lectures, 149-166
  • Low-pressure regulator, 24
  • Lugs, welding on cylinder block, 80
  • M
  • “Maine,” battleship, wreck cut up with oxy-acetylene gas, 6
  • Malleable iron, bronze, welding with, 121, 123
  • — — clean surface, necessity of in welding, 122
  • — — heat in welding, 123
  • — — melting to be avoided, 121
  • — — preheating unusual, 123
  • — — steel strips in welding, 123
  • — — welding, 120-124
  • Metals, methods of distinguishing, 60, 87
  • Mineral wool as an absorbent, 31
  • Mixing chamber, 21
  • N
  • Needle valve, regrinding leaky, 26
  • Neutral flame, 33, 35[170]
  • O
  • Oils and grease, importance of avoiding use of, 37
  • Operation in oxy-acetylene welding, 27-38
  • Operator, standing position of, relative to work, 32
  • Overhead welding, 105
  • Oxidation of bright surfaces in aluminum, 113
  • Oxidizing flame, 34
  • Oxy-acetylene, cutting metals with, 6
  • — flame, varieties of adjustment of, 32, 33
  • — in airplane construction, 9
  • — in automobile manufacture, 10
  • — in boiler shops, 10
  • — in brass and copper work, 10
  • — in commercial welding, 11
  • — in electric railways, 11
  • — in foundries, 11
  • — in lead burning, 12
  • — in lumber mills, 12
  • — in machine shops, 12
  • — in manufacturing, 12
  • — in mines, 13
  • — in pipe work, 13
  • — in plate welding, 13
  • — in power plants, 13
  • — in railroad work, 13
  • — in rolling mills, 14
  • — in sheet metal manufacture, 15
  • — in shipyards, 15
  • — in the forge shop, 11
  • — in tractor industry, 16
  • — lake boats cut apart by, 8
  • — operators, demand for, 17
  • — scrap cut up by, 6
  • — scrap yards, 15
  • — structural steel, 15
  • — torch as fire department tool, 7
  • — torch can be used under water, 8
  • — varied uses of, 9
  • Oxy-acetylene cutting, 125-134
  • — — apparatus for, 125
  • — — arrangement of oxygen line, 125
  • — — cutting torch, extemporizing a, 132
  • — — flame, cutting under water with, 133
  • — — flickering of oxygen jet, 127
  • — — high-pressure and low-pressure regulators compared, 127
  • — — hose, armored, in, 133
  • — — pressure of acetylene and oxygen, 129
  • — — steel and cast-iron, 131
  • — — torch in preparing steel, 131
  • — — torch, cutting and welding compared, 127
  • — — torch, using cutting, for welding purposes, 133
  • Oxy-acetylene welding, apparatus required in, 19-26
  • — — a fusing process, 62
  • — — auto-frame repairs, 4
  • — — classes of apparatus, 19
  • — — containers, seamless, made through use of, 3
  • — — definition of, 1
  • — — fire-brick table, 39
  • — — future of, 17
  • — — growth of process, 8
  • — — locomotive frames, 4
  • — — metal-top table, disadvantages of, 39
  • — — mixing chambers, 21
  • — — operation in, 27-38
  • — — principle of, 125
  • — — repairs through, 3, 5
  • — — shop equipment, 39-43
  • — — variety of applications of, 3
  • Oxygen, cylinders, 27
  • — gas, result of too much, 35
  • — office of in combustion, 27
  • — table of different pressures of, at various temperatures, 29[171]
  • P
  • Preheating, aluminum, 117
  • — asbestos paper for oven, 55
  • — charcoal in, 53
  • — extraction and expansion in, 53
  • — drafts, protecting work from, in, 54
  • — fuels used in, 53
  • — in aluminum work, 116
  • — ovens, 56
  • — reasons for, 51
  • — setting up work, 56
  • — torch for, burning city gas, 54
  • — varied heats for different metals, 52
  • Preheating agencies, 51-57
  • — — fire-brick oven, 54
  • — — ovens, 55, 56
  • — — torch, burning city gas, 54
  • Propeller shafts, welding automobile, 95
  • Puddle method of welding aluminum, 109, 111
  • R
  • Regulator, care of, 25
  • — construction and action of, 22, 23
  • — types of, 24
  • Ring gears, building teeth on case-hardened, 96
  • Retort cement, 42
  • S
  • Sheet steel and iron, welding, 89
  • Ships, repairs to seized German by acetylene process, 5
  • Shop equipment, 39-43
  • — — blacksmith forge, 42
  • — — carbon rods and blocks, 43
  • — — emery wheel, 41
  • — — fire-brick table, 39
  • — — flux container, 42
  • — — retort cement, 42
  • — — ventilation, 43
  • Sparks, characteristic thrown off by emery wheel, 59
  • Spring’s, welding, futility of, 92, 93
  • Steel, automobile frame, welding, 91
  • — automobile axles, welding of, 95
  • — automobile propeller shafts, welding, 95
  • — boiler flues, retipping, 98, 99
  • — boiler repairs, 99-101
  • — cast, procedure in welding, 88
  • — construction and expansion in welding, 87
  • — “corrugated” patch, 102, 103
  • — crank-shafts, welding of, 93, 94
  • — craters, formation of, in welding, 88
  • — definition, 81
  • — “dished” patch in boiler repairs, 101
  • — filler-rod used in welding, 82
  • — filler-rod to be used in welding, 97
  • — flame control in welding, 81, 82
  • — hard spots, formation of in welding, 89
  • — heat treatment in welding unequal sized pieces, 97
  • — internal strains in welding, 100
  • — “L” patches, 103
  • — metals, methods of distinguishing in welding, 87
  • — methods of welding, 82-86
  • — outside appearances in welding, 87
  • — overhead welding, 105
  • — sheet, welding, 89
  • — speed required in welding, 97
  • — springs, inadvisability of welding, 92, 93
  • — susceptibility of when molten, 97
  • — teeth, building up of, 96
  • — vertical welding of, 104
  • — weld, broken, method of repairing, 96
  • — welding, difficulties of, 81, 92
  • Steel welding, 81-105[172]
  • T
  • Table of different pressures of oxygen at various temperatures, 29
  • Tanks inflammable gases, caution to be used in welding, 103
  • Teeth, building up of, 96
  • Temperature of acetylene gas flame, 1
  • Tip, size of in welding, 63
  • V
  • Ventilation, 56, 108
  • — importance of in welding shop, 43
  • Vertical welding, 104
  • “V-ing” metal in welding, 63
  • W
  • Welding, aluminum, 109-117
  • — brass, 106-108
  • — cast iron, procedure, 67-70
  • — malleable iron, 120-124
  • — methods of distinguishing between metals, 58
  • — sparks in determining kind of metals in, 58
  • Welding of steel, 81-105
  • — — — broken weld, manner of repairing, 96
  • — — — cast, procedure in, 88
  • — — — contraction and expansion in, 87
  • — — — crank shafts, 93, 94
  • — — — craters, formation of in, 88
  • — — — filler-rod in, 91
  • — — — hard spots, formation of in, 89
  • — — — heat treatment in unequal sized pieces, 97
  • — — — methods of, 82-86
  • — — — overhead welding, 105
  • — — — springs, futility of welding, 93
  • — — — teeth, building up of, 96
  • — — — vertical welding, 104

Wiley logo

Wiley Special Subject Catalogues

For convenience a list of the Wiley Special Subject Catalogues, envelope size, has been printed. These are arranged in groups—each catalogue having a key symbol. (See special Subject List Below). To obtain any of these catalogues, send a postal using the key symbols of the Catalogues desired.

For convenience, a list of the Wiley Special Subject Catalogues in envelope size has been printed. These are grouped together, with each catalogue featuring a key symbol. (See special Subject List below). To get any of these catalogues, send a postcard using the key symbols of the desired catalogues.


1Agriculture. Animal Husbandry. Dairying. Industrial Canning and Preserving.

1Agriculture. Animal Farming. Dairy Production. Industrial Canning and Preserving.

2Architecture. Building. Masonry.

2Architecture. Construction. Masonry.

3Business Administration and Management. Law. Industrial Processes: Canning and Preserving; Oil and Gas Production; Paint; Printing; Sugar Manufacture; Textile.

3Business Administration and Management. Law. Industrial Processes: Canning and Preserving; Oil and Gas Production; Paint; Printing; Sugar Manufacturing; Textiles.

CHEMISTRY

CHEMISTRY

4a General; Analytical, Qualitative and Quantitative; Inorganic; Organic.

4a General; Analytical, Qualitative, and Quantitative; Inorganic; Organic.

4b Electro- and Physical; Food and Water; Industrial; Medical and Pharmaceutical; Sugar.

4b Electro- and Physical; Food and Water; Industrial; Medical and Pharmaceutical; Sugar.

CIVIL ENGINEERING

Civil Engineering

5a Unclassified and Structural Engineering.

5a Unclassified and Structural Engineering.

5b Materials and Mechanics of Construction, including; Cement and Concrete; Excavation and Earthwork; Foundations; Masonry.

5b Materials and Construction Mechanics, including: Cement and Concrete; Excavation and Earthwork; Foundations; Masonry.

5c Railroads; Surveying.

5c Railroads; Surveying.

5d Dams; Hydraulic Engineering; Pumping and Hydraulics; Irrigation Engineering; River and Harbor Engineering; Water Supply.

5d Dams; Hydraulic Engineering; Pumping and Hydraulics; Irrigation Engineering; River and Harbor Engineering; Water Supply.

5e Highways; Municipal Engineering; Sanitary Engineering; Water Supply. Forestry. Horticulture, Botany and Landscape Gardening.

5e Highways; Municipal Engineering; Sanitary Engineering; Water Supply. Forestry, Horticulture, Botany, and Landscape Gardening.


6Design. Decoration. Drawing: General; Descriptive Geometry; Kinematics; Mechanical.

6Design. Decoration. Drawing: General; Descriptive Geometry; Kinematics; Mechanical.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING—PHYSICS

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING—PHYSICS

7—General and Unclassified; Batteries; Central Station Practice; Distribution and Transmission; Dynamo-Electro Machinery; Electro-Chemistry and Metallurgy; Measuring Instruments and Miscellaneous Apparatus.

7—General and Unclassified; Batteries; Central Station Practices; Distribution and Transmission; Dynamo-Electric Machinery; Electro-Chemistry and Metallurgy; Measuring Instruments and Other Equipment.


8Astronomy. Meteorology. Explosives. Marine and Naval Engineering. Military. Miscellaneous Books.

8Astronomy. Weather Science. Explosives. Marine and Naval Engineering. Military. Various Books.

MATHEMATICS

MATH

9—General; Algebra; Analytic and Plane Geometry; Calculus; Trigonometry; Vector Analysis.

9—General; Algebra; Analytic and Plane Geometry; Calculus; Trigonometry; Vector Analysis.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Mechanical Engineering

10a General and Unclassified; Foundry Practice; Shop Practice.

10a General and Unclassified; Foundry Practice; Shop Practice.

10b Gas Power and Internal Combustion Engines; Heating and Ventilation; Refrigeration.

10b Gas Power and Internal Combustion Engines; Heating and Ventilation; Refrigeration.

10c Machine Design and Mechanism; Power Transmission; Steam Power and Power Plants; Thermodynamics and Heat Power.

10c Machine Design and Mechanism; Power Transmission; Steam Power and Power Plants; Thermodynamics and Heat Power.

11Mechanics.

11Mechanics.


12—Medicine. Pharmacy. Medical and Pharmaceutical Chemistry. Sanitary Science and Engineering. Bacteriology and Biology.

12—Medicine. Pharmacy. Medical and Pharmaceutical Chemistry. Public Health and Engineering. Bacteriology and Biology.

MINING ENGINEERING

Mining Engineering

13—General; Assaying; Excavation, Earthwork, Tunneling, Etc.; Explosives; Geology; Metallurgy; Mineralogy; Prospecting; Ventilation.

13—General; Assaying; Excavation, Earthwork, Tunneling, etc.; Explosives; Geology; Metallurgy; Mineralogy; Prospecting; Ventilation.

 

 

Transcriber’s Notes

Inconsistencies have not been standardised, except as mentioned below.

Inconsistencies haven't been standardized, except as noted below.

Changes made:

No changes made.

Illustrations have been moved out of text paragraphs.

Illustrations are now separate from text paragraphs.

Some obviously missing punctuation has been inserted, some unnecessarily repeated words and unnecessary punctuation have been deleted, some obvious minor typographical errors have been corrected silently.

Some obviously missing punctuation has been added, some unnecessarily repeated words and extra punctuation have been removed, and some clear minor typographical errors have been corrected quietly.

The paragraph numbers have been standardised to bold face numbers.

The paragraph numbers have been standardized to bold numbers.

Page 37: It is quite necessary that these torch valves closed ... changed to It is quite necessary that these torch valves are closed ....

Page 37: It is essential that these torch valves are closed ...

Page 48: ... remove the guage from the regulator ... changed to ... remove the gauge from the regulator ....

Page 48: ... remove the gauge from the regulator ... changed to ... remove the gauge from the regulator ....

Page 169: (Hose) clamps in reparing ... changed to (Hose) clamps in repairing ....

Page 169: (Hose) clamps in repairing ... changed to (Hose) clamps in repairing ....


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!